Mazda 2008 RX-8 Specifications

RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page1
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (1,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page2
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (2,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page3
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (3,1)
A Word to Mazda Owners
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should you
resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal at
Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.
Event Data Recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer
vehicles.
Air Conditioning and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not to
damage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Perchlorate
Certain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] may
contain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2008 Mazda Motor Corporation
Printed in Japan Aug. 2008(Print3)
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page4
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (4,1)
How to Use This Manual
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
NOTE
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The symbol below, located on some parts
of the vehicle, indicates that this manual
contains information related to the part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
The symbol below in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which serious injury or death could
result if the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which bodily injury or damage to
your vehicle, or both, could result if
the caution is ignored.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
A NOTE provides information and sometimes
suggests how to make better use of your
vehicle.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page5
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (5,1)
Table of Contents
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Index
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page6
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (6,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page7
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
1
Black plate (7,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Dashboard and Interior Overview .............................................. 1-2
Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-4
1-1
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page8
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (8,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies by model.
*Refer to Navigation System at the separate manual (if equipped).
1-2
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page9
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (9,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Dashboard and Interior Overview
Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-28
Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-54
Dashboard illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-38
DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-26
Lighting control/Turn signals ............................................................................ page 5-56
Audio control switch ......................................................................................... page 6-54
Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-35
Air bags ............................................................................................................. page 2-38
Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-60
Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-21
Information display ............................................................................................ page 6-79
Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-66
Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-15
Glove box .......................................................................................................... page 6-84
Center console ................................................................................................... page 6-85
Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-83
Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-6
MT shift lever .................................................................................................... page 5-10
AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-13
Lighter ............................................................................................................... page 6-81
Ashtray ............................................................................................................... page 6-82
Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2
Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2
Tilt wheel release lever ...................................................................................... page 3-54
Coin box ............................................................................................................ page 6-84
Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-43
Trunk release button .......................................................................................... page 3-32
Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-38
Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-35
Interior light ....................................................................................................... page 6-77
Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-77
Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-55
Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-77
Front seats ............................................................................................................ page 2-2
Rear seat ............................................................................................................ page 2-11
Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-14
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
1-3
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page10
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (10,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies by model.
1-4
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page11
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (11,1)
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Exterior Overview
Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-32
Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-65
Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-15
Power windows ................................................................................................. page 3-35
Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-54
Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-23
Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-28
Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-43
Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-19
Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-45
Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-42
Doors and keys .................................................................................................. page 3-27
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
1-5
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page12
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
1-6
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (12,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page13
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
2
Black plate (13,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraint
systems and SRS air bags.
Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2
Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2
Driver's Seat (Electrically Operated Seat) ................................. 2-6
Rear Seat ................................................................................. 2-11
Seat Warmer í ......................................................................... 2-12
Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................
Seat Belt Precautions ..............................................................
Location of Seat Belt ...............................................................
Seat Belt ..................................................................................
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems .......
Seat Belt Extender ...................................................................
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................
2-14
2-14
2-17
2-18
2-19
2-22
2-23
Child Restraint ............................................................................
Child Restraint Precautions .....................................................
Installing Child-Restraint Systems ..........................................
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................
2-25
2-25
2-29
2-35
SRS Air Bags ...............................................................................
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ...............
Supplemental Restraint System Components .........................
How the Air Bags Work ..........................................................
2-38
2-38
2-42
2-44
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
2-1
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page14
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (14,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Front Seats (Manually
Operated Seats)
WARNING
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.
2-2
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Make sure the adjustable components
of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that
are not securely locked are
dangerous. In a sudden stop or
collision, the seat or seatback could
move, causing injury. Make sure the
adjustable components of the seat
are locked in place by attempting to
slide the seat forward and backward
and rocking the seatback.
qSeat Slide
WARNING
Adjust the driver seat only when the
vehicle is stopped:
Adjusting the driver's seat while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. The
driver could lose control of the vehicle
and have an accident.
To move a seat forward or backward, raise
the lever and slide the seat to the desired
position and release the lever.
(Standard)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page15
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (15,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
(Recaro manufactured bucket seats) í
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and
backward.
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Do not drive with the seats reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don't get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Always sit in a front passenger seat
properly with the seatback upright and
feet on the floor:
If your vehicle is equipped with front
passenger seat weight sensors,
sitting in the front passenger seat
improperly out of position or with the
seatback reclined too far while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous as it
can take off weight from the seat
bottom and affect the weight
determination of the front passenger
sensing system. As a result the front
passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could cause result in serious injury.
Always sit upright against your
seatback, with your feet on the floor.
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After adjusting the
seatback at any time, even when
there are no other passengers, rock
the seatback to make sure it is locked
in place.
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
2-3
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page16
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (16,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
(Dial type)
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while rotating the dial to
the desired position.
CAUTION
When returning a rear-reclined
seatback to its upright position,
make sure you hold onto the
seatback with your other hand while
operating the lever or dial. If the
seatback is not supported, it will flip
forward suddenly and could cause
injury.
qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)
By moving the seat lever up or down, the
seat bottom height can be adjusted.
(Lever type)
To change the seatback angle, lean
forward slightly while raising the lever.
Then lean back to the desired position and
release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original
position and the seatback is locked in
place by attempting to push it forward and
backward.
2-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Up
Down
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page17
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (17,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qFolding the Seat (Passenger's seat
only)
WARNING
Do not drive with the seatback
unlocked:
The seatback plays an important role
in your protection in a vehicle.
Leaving the seatback unlocked is
dangerous as it can allow passengers
to be ejected or thrown around and
baggage to strike occupants in a
sudden stop or collision, resulting in
severe injury. After adjusting the
seatback at any time, even when
there are no other passengers, rock
the seatback to make sure it is locked
in place.
Never lower a front seatback while an
occupant is seated in the seat, even if
the vehicle is stopped:
Lowering a front seatback while an
occupant is seated in the seat is
dangerous because the seatback
folds down suddenly when operated
which could cause an injury.
CAUTION
Ø When operating the seatback,
support the seatback firmly with
one hand while it folds down.
When lowering the seatback, be
careful not to pinch or injure your
hand or fingers.
Ø Do not step on the lever as it could
damage it.
Because your vehicle has free-style doors
(page 3-30), the rear door cannot be
opened while the front door is closed. To
exit the rear seating area, fold the front
seatback forward using the following
procedure and open the front door first.
NOTE
The seatback folding feature is not equipped
on the manually operated driver's seat. The
feature is only available on the power seat.
Seatback folding
(Standard)
Pull the lever upward to fold the seatback
forward.
Never lower a front seatback while the
vehicle is moving:
Lowering a front seatback while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because the seatback folds down
suddenly when operated which could
result in an accident or injury.
2-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page18
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (18,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
(Recaro manufactured bucket seats) í
Pull the lever upward to fold the seatback
forward.
Driver's Seat (Electrically
Operated Seat)
The power operated seat is available only
on the driver's seat. The front passenger
seat is manually operated.
Refer to Front Seats (Manually Operated
Seats) (page 2-2) for adjustment
instructions.
WARNING
To return the seatback to its on-road
position
To return the seatback to its on-road
position, press the seatback rearward until
is locks in place.
After returning the seatback to its on-road
position, make sure it is secured by
attempting to lightly move it forward and
back.
Do not modify or replace the front
seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats
such as replacing the upholstery or
loosening any bolts is dangerous. The
front seats contain air bag
components essential to the
supplemental restraint system. Such
modifications could damage the
supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is
any need to remove or reinstall the
front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats is
dangerous. A collision, even one not
strong enough to inflate the air bags,
could damage the front seats which
contain essential air bag
components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may
not deploy which could lead to
injuries. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats,
front seat belt pretensioners and air
bags after a collision.
2-6
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page19
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (19,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
CAUTION
Ø The seat-bottom power
adjustment is operated by motors.
Avoid extended operation because
excessive use can damage the
motors.
Ø To prevent the battery from
running down, avoid using the
power adjustment when the
engine is stopped. The adjuster
uses a large amount of electrical
power.
Ø Don't use the switch to make more
than one adjustment at a time.
NOTE
The seat can be slid rearward by continuously
pressing the switch. In addition, the seatback
also lowers rearward.
Refer to Folding the Seat on page 2-10.
qSeat Slide
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter
switch on the outside of the seat to the
front or back and hold it. Release the
switch at the desired position.
2-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page20
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (20,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qSeat Recline
WARNING
Change the seatback angle by pressing the
front or rear side of the reclining switch.
Release the switch at the desired position.
Do not drive with the seats reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous
because you don't get the full
protection from seat belts. During
sudden braking or a collision, you
can slide under the lap belt and
suffer serious internal injuries. For
maximum protection, sit well back
and upright.
Always sit in a front passenger seat
properly with the seatback upright and
feet on the floor:
If your vehicle is equipped with front
passenger seat weight sensors,
sitting in the front passenger seat
improperly out of position or with the
seatback reclined too far while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous as it
can take off weight from the seat
bottom and affect the weight
determination of the front passenger
sensing system. As a result the front
passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air
bag and seat belt pretensioner, which
could cause result in serious injury.
Always sit upright against your
seatback, with your feet on the floor.
2-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
qHeight Adjustment
The seat height can be adjusted by
moving the switch up or down.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page21
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (21,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Programmed seat positions can also be
called up using the following functions:
l Programming buttons
― .
Operation using the seat-side buttons
Programming
Seat position programming is possible
when the vehicle is parked.
qSeat Position Memory
One-touch seat position programming and
a call up function are available on the
driver's seat.
CAUTION
When calling up the seat position, do
not place your hands or fingers
around the seat bottom. The seat
moves to the desired position
automatically, and if your hands or
fingers are placed around the seat
bottom, it could cause injury.
Set button
1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.
For each seat position adjustment
method refer to the following pages:
Seat Slide (page 2-7)
Seat Recline (page 2-8)
Height Adjustment (page 2-8)
2. Press the desired programming button
―
while pressing the set button
until a beep sound is heard.
NOTE
Vehicle maintenance or other reasons
requiring the vehicle battery to be
disconnected will result in the seat position
memory being erased.
In this case, re-program the seat positions.
Seat position call up
While the vehicle is stopped, press and
―
for
hold a programming button
the desired seat position.
When the seat is in the programmed
position, a beep sound is heard.
NOTE
Programming of the driver's seat positions
is possible using the following functions:
l Programming buttons
―
and the
set button.
If any of the following occurs, the seat position
call up function cancels:
l A seat adjustment switch other than a
lumbar support switch is operated.
l The vehicle moves or starts to move.
l The selected programming button
―
or the set button is pressed again.
l The set button is operated.
2-9
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page22
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (22,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
qLumbar Support Adjustment
The amount of lumbar support can be
adjusted by pressing the switch.
To increase the seat firmness, press and
hold the front part of the switch to the
desired position, then release it.
Press the rear part of the switch to
decrease firmness.
qFolding the Seat
Seatback folding
Press and hold the upper part of the
switch while the vehicle is stopped to
slide the seat forward and fold the
seatback forward.
To return the seatback to its on-road
position
Press and hold the lower part of the switch
while the vehicle is stopped to slide the
seat rearward and raise the seatback.
WARNING
Never lower a front seatback while an
occupant is seated in the seat, even if
the vehicle is stopped:
Lowering a front seatback while an
occupant is seated in the seat is
dangerous because the seatback
folds down suddenly when operated
which could cause an injury.
Because your vehicle has free-style doors
(page 3-30), the rear door cannot be
opened while the front door is closed. To
exit the rear seating area, fold the front
seatback forward using the following
procedure and open the front door first.
2-10
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
NOTE
The operation cancels in the following cases:
l A seat adjustment switch other than a
lumbar support switch is operated.
l The set button is operated.
l Any programming button
―
is
pressed.
l The vehicle moves or starts to move.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page23
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (23,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
The seat stops moving when it returns to
its original position. A beep sound is
heard at this time.
Rear Seat
NOTE
l
l
Pressing and holding the lower part of the
switch again after the seat has returned to
its on-road position will move the seat
farther rearward.
Vehicle maintenance or other reasons
requiring the vehicle battery to be
disconnected will result in the seat position
memory being erased. As a result, the seat
will continue to slide rearward and the
seatback will lower rearward. Operate a
switch other than a lumbar support
adjustment switch to adjust the seat
position.
WARNING
Make sure luggage and cargo is
secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be
crushed during sudden braking or a
collision and cause injury.
Do not allow anyone to sit on the
center console between the rear seats:
Allowing someone to sit on the rear
center console between the rear seats
is dangerous. The rear center console
is not designed for occupant seating.
During a collision, occupants not
wearing a seat belt could be thrown
from the vehicle and seriously injured
or even killed.
2-11
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page24
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (24,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
Seat Warmer í
The front seats are electrically heated. The
ignition must be in the ON position.
Press the switch to turn the seat warmer
on or off. When the switch is in the ON
position, the indicator light will come on.
WARNING
Ø Be careful when using the seat
warmer. The heat from the seat
warmer may be too hot for some
people, as indicated below, and
could cause a low-temperature
burn.
Ø Infants, small babies, elderly
people, and physically
challenged people
Ø People with delicate skin
Ø People who are excessively
fatigued
Ø People who have taken sleepinducing medicine such as
sleeping pills or cold medicine
Ø Do not use the seat warmer with
anything having high moistureretention ability such as a blanket
or cushion on the seat. The seat
may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
Ø Do not use the seat warmer even
when taking a short nap in the
vehicle. The seat may be heated
excessively and cause a lowtemperature burn.
Ø Do not place heavy objects with
sharp projections on the seat, or
insert needles or pins into it. This
could cause the seat to become
excessively heated and result in
injury from a minor burn.
CAUTION
Do not use organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline to clean the seat.
It may damage the seat surface and
the heater.
2-12
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page25
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (25,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
NOTE
Use the seat warmer when the engine is
running, and do not continue to use it for a
long period.
The temperature of the seat warmer cannot be
adjusted because the temperature of the seat is
controlled by the thermostat.
2-13
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page26
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (26,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way
when not in use.
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two
modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front
passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make
sure any child-restraint system is secured properly.
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not
wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown
out of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same
collision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not
available to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,
which could cause serious injury or death.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt
webbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate
protection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt
systems in use during an accident before they are used again.
2-14
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page27
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (27,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has
been expended:
One or both front air bags may deploy, and the corresponding pretensioner(s) may
also deploy at the same time. While it is safer to use a crash-used seat belt that was
used in an accident than no seat belt at all, using a seat belt with an expended
pretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you. Like the air
bags, the seat belt pretensioners will only function once. After they are expended,
they will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the seat belt
pretensioners are not replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will increase. Always
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags
after any collision. Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replaced
after any collision which caused them to deploy. Additionally, the load limiter will
only limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have the
front seat belts inspected.
Make sure the seat belt is not caught or pinched in the door:
Wearing a seat belt that is caught or pinched in the door is dangerous. The seat belt
could become loose and not provide adequate protection in a sudden stop or
collision.
Make sure nothing is placed on the seat belt slide bar:
Placing your foot or other objects such as an umbrella on the seat belt slide bar is
dangerous. The front seat belt is built into the rear door, and the lower part of the
seat belt slides forward or backward along the seat belt slide bar as the rear door
opens or closes. If the seat belt slider is blocked, the seat belt could be improperly
positioned and would provide little or no protection in a collision.
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep
them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning the
Lap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-48).
2-15
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page28
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (28,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific
recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your
doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
qEmergency Locking Mode
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it will
always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by
pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable
movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic locking
mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the more
comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, level
area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it
around you again.
If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling it
out slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out again
slowly.
qAutomatic Locking Mode
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,
pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will
retract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child
restraint (page 2-25).
2-16
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page29
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (29,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Location of Seat Belt
For rear seat
For front seat
WARNING
Do not use a front seat belt while seated in a rear seat:
Using a front seat belt, which is stored in the rear door, is dangerous as the seat belt
cannot function at its full capacity during sudden braking or in a collision, which
could result in serious, injury or death. In addition, using the seat belt in this manner
could damage the rear seat belt buckle.
2-17
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page30
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (30,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,
not on the abdominal area, then adjust
the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly
against your body.
Seat Belt
qFastening the Seat Belt
1. Grasp the tongue.
2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.
Take up slack
Belt
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high
Tongue
WARNING
3. Insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear a click.
Tongue
Buckle
WARNING
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the
Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is dangerous.
Always make sure the shoulder
portion of the seat belt is positioned
across your shoulder and near your
neck, but never under your arm, on
your neck, or on your upper arm.
2-18
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat
Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn
too high is dangerous. In a collision,
this would concentrate the impact
force directly on the abdominal area,
causing serious injury. Wear the lap
portion of the belt snugly and as low
as possible.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page31
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (31,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
qUnfastening the Seat Belt
Depress the button on the buckle. If the
belt does not fully retract, pull it out and
check for kinks or twists. Then make sure
it remains untwisted as it retracts.
Button
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it for
kinks and twists. If it is still not retracting
properly, have it inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner
and Load Limiting Systems
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems. For both these systems to work
properly you must wear the seat belt
properly.
Pretensioners:
In moderate or severe frontal or nearfrontal accidents, the front air bag and
pretensioner systems deploy
simultaneously. The front seat belt
retractors remove slack quickly as the air
bags are expanding.
In addition, the pretensioner system for
the front passenger, like the front
passenger air bag, is designed to only
deploy in accordance with the total seated
weight on the front passenger seat. Any
time the air bags and seat belt
pretensioners have fired they must be
replaced. For details, refer to the front
passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-44).
Load limiter:
The load limiting system releases belt
webbing in a controlled manner to reduce
belt force on the occupant's chest. While
the most severe load on a seat belt occurs
in frontal collisions, the load limiter has
an automatic mechanical function and can
activate in any accident mode with
sufficient occupant movement.
Even if the pretensioners have not fired,
the load limiting function must be
checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
2-19
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page32
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (32,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
WARNING
Wear seat belts only as recommended
in this owner's manual:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and
front passenger seat belts is
dangerous. Without proper
positioning, the pretensioner and
load limiting systems cannot provide
adequate protection in an accident
and this could result in serious injury.
For more details about wearing seat
belts, refer to “Fastening the seat
belts” (page 2-18).
Have your seat belts changed
immediately if the pretensioner or load
limiter has been expended:
One or both front air bags may
deploy, and the corresponding
pretensioner(s) may also deploy at
the same time. While it is safer to use
a crash-used seat belt that was used
in an accident than no seat belt at
all, using a seat belt with an
expended pretensioner or load limiter
loaded reduces the safety available to
you. Like the air bags, the seat belt
pretensioners will only function once.
After they are expended, they will not
function again and must be replaced
immediately. If the seat belt
pretensioners are not replaced, the
risk of injury in a collision will
increase. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after any
collision. Expended seat belt
pretensioners and air bags must be
replaced after any collision which
caused them to deploy. Additionally,
the load limiter will only limit loads
on the chest once in a collision and
this is another reason to have the
front seat belts inspected.
Do not modify the components or
wiring, or use electronic testing devices
on the pretensioner system:
Modifying the components or wiring
of the pretensioner system, including
the use of electronic testing devices is
dangerous. You could accidentally
activate it or make it inoperable
which would prevent it from
activating in an accident. The
occupants or repairers could be
seriously injured.
2-20
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page33
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (33,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Properly dispose of the pretensioner
system:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with nondeactivated pretensioners is
dangerous. Unless all safety
procedures are followed, injury could
result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of the
pretensioner system or how to scrap
a pretensioner-equipped vehicle.
NOTE
l
l
The pretensioner system will activate in a
moderate or greater frontal or near-frontal
collision. The pretensioner system for the
front passenger is designed to only deploy
in accordance with the total seated weight
on the front passenger seat. It will not
activate in most rollovers, side or rear
impacts.
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not indicate
a fire. This gas normally has no effect on
occupants, however, those with sensitive
skin may experience light skin irritation. If
residue from the deployment of the air bags
or the front pretensioner system gets on the
skin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon as
possible.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position. If any of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
2-21
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page34
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (34,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order
one that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender unless
it is necessary:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt
will be too long and not fit properly.
In an accident, the seat belt will not
provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Only use
the extender when it is required to
fasten the seat belt properly.
Do not use an improper extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a different vehicle
or seat is dangerous. The seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and the user could be seriously
injured in an accident. Only use the
extender provided for you and for the
particular vehicle and seat. NEVER
use the extender in a different vehicle
or seat.
Do not use an extender that is too
long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not fit
properly. In an accident, the seat belt
will not provide adequate protection
and you could be seriously injured.
Do not use the extender or choose
one shorter in length if the distance
between the extender's buckle and
the center of the user's body is less
than 15cm (6 in).
2-22
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page35
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (35,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt extender
and store it in the vehicle. If the seat belt
extender is left connected, the seat belt
extender might get damaged as it will not
retract with the rest of the seat belt and can
easily fall out of the door when not in use and
be damaged. In addition, the seat belt warning
light will not illuminate and function properly.
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
Conditions of operation
Condition
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
qBelt Minder
NOTE
The belt minder can be deactivated. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate and
restore the seat belt minder.
2-23
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page36
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (36,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
Driver seated/Front passenger not
seated
The belt minder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the warning light/beep
operates to give you further reminders
according to the chart below.
Condition
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
Driver seated/Front passenger seated
The seat belt warning function reminds
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
Indicator
Beep
Indicator
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
NOTE
l
l
2-24
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page37
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (37,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Child Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle.
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.
This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front
passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passenger
seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear
seats which are the best place for children.
For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-44).
2-25
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page38
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (38,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be
properly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and
size. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system
buckled down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the childrestraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the
vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors
for LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No
matter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a
sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag
forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be
slammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
2-26
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page39
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (39,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unless
it is unavoidable:
In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to
the child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger
seat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:
Vehicles equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors are also equipped with a
front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-32). Even with the front
passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat for children,
seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under the
following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying
and could result in serious injury or death to the child.
Ø The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front
passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the childrestraint system.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for
children. Always use seat belts and child restraints.
2-27
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page40
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (40,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side
and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of
the front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along
both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. If the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags, the impact of
inflation could cause serious injury or death to the child. Furthermore, leaning over
or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the
advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additional
side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better location
for children. Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window, even if the
child is seated in a child-restraint system.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt
used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers
could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for
more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant
properly restrained.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during
warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your
child touches them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH
child-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-35).
2-28
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page41
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (41,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's
seat is clearly the worst choice for any
child under 12, and with rear-facing childrestraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to
air bags.
qRear Seat Child-Restraint System
Installation
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped childrestraint system to the rear LATCH lower
anchors. Refer to “LATCH ChildRestraint Systems” (page 2-35).
NOTE
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to
be effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the two positions on the
rear seat.
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If you
are not sure whether you have a LATCH
system or tether, check in the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions and follow
them accordingly. Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may not employ seat
belts which are in automatic locking mode.
Even if your vehicle is equipped with
front passenger seat weight sensors (page
2-44), which automatically deactivates the
front passenger air bag, a rear seat is the
safest place for a child of any age or size.
1. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint
Systems” (page 2-35).
2. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems Work
Only on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat defeats the safety
design of the system and will result in
an increased chance of serious injury
if the child-restraint system goes
forward without benefit of being
tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether
anchors.
2-29
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page42
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (42,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
3. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in the
automatic locking mode. If the belt
does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
Anchor bracket location
Tether strap position
Tether
strap
NOTE
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be able
to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic locking
mode. When you remove the child-restraint
system, be sure the belt fully retracts to return
the system to emergency locking mode before
occupants use the seat belts.
4. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions to hook and
tighten the tether strap after raising the
head restraint.
2-30
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Anchor
bracket
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page43
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (43,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
qIf You Must Use the Front Seat
for Children
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seat, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat, even
with a seat weight sensor equipped
vehicle.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
rear seat.
Don't allow anyone to sleep against the
side window if you have an optional side
and curtain air bag, it could cause serious
injuries to an out of position occupant. As
children more often sleep in cars, it is
better to put them in the rear seat. If
installing the child-restraint system on the
front seat is unavoidable, follow these
instructions when using a front-facing
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
NOTE
l
l
To check if your front seats have side air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag
will have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on the
outboard shoulder of the front seats.
To check if your vehicle has curtain air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air
bag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” marking
on the window pillars along the roof edge.
2-31
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page44
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (44,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Always move the front passenger seat
as far back as possible if installing a
front-facing child-restraint system on it
is unavoidable:
As your vehicle has front air bags
and doubly so if your vehicle has side
air bags, a front-facing childrestraint system should be put on the
front passenger seat only when it is
unavoidable.
Even if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light
illuminates, always move the seat as
far back as possible, because the
force of a deploying air bag could
cause serious injury or death to the
child.
Always move the seat as far back as
possible, because the force of a
deploying air bag could cause serious
injury or death to the child.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems
on the front seat are particularly
dangerous.
Even in a moderate collision, the
child-restraint system can be hit by a
deploying air bag and moved
violently backward resulting in
serious injury or death to the child.
2-32
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Do not allow a child to lean over or
against the side window of a vehicle
with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to
lean over or against the side window,
the area of the front passenger seat,
the front and rear window pillars and
the roof edge along both sides from
which the side and curtain air bags
deploy, even if a child-restraint
system is used. If the vehicle is
equipped with side and curtain air
bags, the impact of inflation could
cause serious injury or death to the
child. Furthermore, leaning over or
against the front door could block
the side and curtain air bags and
eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. With the
front air bag and the additional side
air bag that comes out of the front
seat, the rear seat is always a better
location for children. Do not allow a
child to lean over or against the side
window, even if the child is seated in
a child-restraint system.
qFront Passenger's Seat ChildRestraint System Installation
1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page45
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (45,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
3. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
5. Make sure the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates
after installing a child-restraint system
on the front passenger seat.
Refer to Front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light on page
2-44.
4. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. Clicking
from the retractor will be heard during
retraction if the system is in automatic
locking mode. If the belt does not lock
the seat down tight, repeat the previous
step and also this one.
NOTE
l
l
Inspect this function before each use of the
child-restraint system. You should not be
able to pull the shoulder belt out of the
retractor while the system is in the
automatic locking mode. When you remove
the child-restraint system, be sure the belt
fully retracts to return the system to
emergency locking mode before occupants
use the seat belts.
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may not employ seat belts which
are in automatic locking mode.
2-33
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page46
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Do not seat a child in a child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat if
the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminated:
While it is always better to install any
child-restraint system on the rear
seat, it is imperative that a childrestraint system ONLY be used on the
front passenger seat if the
deactivation indicator light
illuminates when the child is seated
in the child-restraint system (page
2-44). Seating a child in a childrestraint system installed on the front
passenger seat with the front
passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light not illuminated is
dangerous. If this indicator light does
not illuminate even when the total
seated weight is less than
approximately 30 kg (66 lb), this
means that the front passenger front
and side air bags, and seat belt
pretensioner are ready for
deployment. If an accident were to
deploy an air bag, a child in a childrestraint system sitting in the front
passenger seat could be seriously
injured or killed. If the indicator light
does not illuminate after seating a
child in a child-restraint system on
the front passenger seat, seat a child
in a child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
2-34
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (46,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page47
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (47,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
LATCH Child-Restraint Systems
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the
seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systems
must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you
must use it to better assure your child's safety.
WARNING
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make
sure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the childrestraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it
could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the
seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in
an improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or
fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH
child-restraint systems.
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH childrestraint system:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing
the child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the
child-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and
the child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could
move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or
other occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no
seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow
the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
2-35
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page48
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (48,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
qLATCH Child-Restraint System
Installation Procedure (Rear Seats)
Anchor bracket location
1. Expand the open seams on the rear of
the seat bottom slightly to verify the
locations of the LATCH lower anchors.
Tether strap position
Tether strap
NOTE
The markings above the LATCH lower anchors
indicate the locations of LATCH lower
anchors for the attachment of a child-restraint
system.
2. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction.
3. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that probably
means it is very important to properly
secure the tether for child safety. Please
carefully follow the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions
when installing tethers.
2-36
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Anchor
bracket
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page49
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (49,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only
for a child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to
secure anything but a child-restraint
system is dangerous. This could
weaken or damage the tether or
tether anchor and result in injury.
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the
incorrect tether anchor position is
dangerous. In a collision, the tether
strap could come off and loosen the
child-restraint system. If the childrestraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
2-37
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page50
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (50,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 6 air bags. Please verify
the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG” location
indicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.
The air bags are installed in the following locations:
l
l
l
l
The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)
These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; The
side and curtain air bags and the frontal air bag system will not normally deploy during the
same type of accident unless a combination of frontal and side impacts occur.
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
only in the front seats in certain situations and the rear outside passenger positions only in
same-side collisions, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enough
to activate the air bags.
l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint
system (page 2-25).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
2-38
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page51
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (51,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.
Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be
expected to inflate only in the first collision with frontal, near frontal or side forces
that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.
Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be
hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean against
the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, right-side collision. Whenever
possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seat with an
appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that
could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even
though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on
the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.
Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands
or feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags
inflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too
close. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The
front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants should
adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
2-39
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page52
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (52,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremely
dangerous. The side air bags inflate with great force and speed directly out of the
outboard side of the front seat and expand along the front door on the side the car is
hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning
against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks.
Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows in the vehicle
could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of
supplemental protection. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting
in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air
bags deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing
something in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere
with air bag inflation and injure the occupants.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the
seat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side
air bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added
protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is
dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front
seats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules
in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the
windshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof
edge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the
curtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the
roof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting
the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open
releasing the gas.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,
hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free
to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:
Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The components
essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of
a side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death
or serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the
supplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the front
seats.
2-40
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page53
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (53,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated:
Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags
have inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You could
get burned.
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,
bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The
air bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflate
unexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.
Front occupants could be seriously injured.
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the
suspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious
injuries.
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is
dangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make
any modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,
badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extra
electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda
Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front
seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the
bags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and front
passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an
undamaged air bag connection.
NOTE
l
l
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.
Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries
on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that
familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.
2-41
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page54
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (54,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Supplemental Restraint System Components
The supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:
l The air bag system with inflators and air bags.
l The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.
The air bags are mounted in the following locations:
l The steering wheel hub
l The front passenger dashboard
l The outboard sides of the front seatbacks
l The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides
The air bags are out of sight until activated.
Driver/Front passenger dual stage inflators and air bags
Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Front seat belt pretensioners (page 2-19)
Front air bag sensor
Side crash sensors
Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-53)
Side and curtain inflators and air bags
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-44)
Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-44)
Front passenger seat weight sensor control module
2-42
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page55
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (55,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-44)
Driver seat slide position sensor
Front seats
2-43
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page56
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (56,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
How the Air Bags Work
qHow the Front Air Bags Work
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, an
electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the front air bags and after the inflation, the front air bags
quickly deflate.
The front air bags will function only once. After that, the front air bags will not work
again and must be replaced.
Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the system components.
The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, they deploy with more energy. Deployment of the front air bags may
differ between the driver and the front passenger depending on the driver seat position,
front passenger weight and front seat belt usage, all of which provide data from each sensor
to the air bag system.
The front air bags will deploy only
in a frontal or frontal offset impact.
Driver seat slide position sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensor
determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat
position to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is also designed to control the
deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering
wheel.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a
possible malfunction (page 2-53).
2-44
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page57
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (57,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Front passenger seat weight sensors
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the
supplemental restraint system. (page 2-32). These sensors are located under both of the
front passenger seat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat. The SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air
bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the total seated weight is less than
approximately 30 kg (66 lb).
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system when:
l
l
There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not illuminate.)
The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66
lb). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates
according to the following table.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible
malfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system will not deploy.
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air
bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.
2-45
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page58
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (58,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
If the front passenger weight sensors are working properly, the indicator light illuminates
when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. After a specified period of time it
goes out.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:
OFF
Deactivated
Front passenger seat
belt pretensioner
system
Deactivated
ON
Deactivated
Deactivated
OFF
Ready
Ready
Total seated weight on the Front passenger air bag Front passenger front and
front passenger seat
deactivation indicator light
side air bags
Empty (Not occupied)*
Less than approx.30kg
(661b)
Approx.42 kg (931b) or
more
* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,
however this does not indicate a malfunction.
Curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the
above chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an
accident.
2-46
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page59
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (59,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of
approximately 42 kg (93 lb) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The front
passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition
and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have the
supplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury.
Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated
weight of approximately 42 kg (93 lb) could result in an air bag not deploying under
the following conditions, for example:
Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with the feet.
Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the
front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat
bottom.
Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire
weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,
grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback
reclined too far.
Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
Ø Tension in the upward direction is placed on the seat belt slide bar such as by
pulling up on the seat belt.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66
lb) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lb).
2-47
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page60
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (60,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight of
approximately 30 kg (66 lb) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors
will detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpected
deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seated
weight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately
30 kg (66 lb) could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions, for
example:
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint
system.
Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with the feet.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
Ø The seat is washed.
Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.
Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items
placed behind it.
Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver
seat.
Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.
Ø Feet or other items are placed on the seat belt slide bar.
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will
deactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than
approximately 30 kg (66 lb) and they will reactivate when the weight exceeds
approximately 42 kg (93 lb).
CAUTION
Ø To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the
sensors in the front seat bottoms:
Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on
them.
Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.
Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the
seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint
system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page
2-32).
2-48
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page61
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (61,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
NOTE
l
l
l
l
The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and
side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or
other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interior
changes suddenly.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total
seated weight on the front passenger seat changes.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a
child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint system on the rear
seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Driver and front passenger buckle switches
The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are
securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.
qHow the Side and Curtain Air Bags Work
When air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, an
electrical current is sent to the inflators.
Gases are produced to inflate the side and curtain air bags and after the inflation, the side
and curtain air bags quickly deflate. However, the side air bag system for the front
passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front
passenger seat.
The side and curtain air bags will function only once. After that, the side and curtain air
bags will not work again and must be replaced. Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can
replace the systems.
The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the side the
vehicle receives the force of the impact.
2-49
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page62
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (62,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation
NOTE
If the front passenger seat weight sensors detect a total seated weight on the front passenger seat is
less than approximately 42 kg (93 lb), the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner may not deploy (page 2-44), but the curtain air bags may deploy.
Front air bag activation
l
Frontal impact within about a 30
degree range from head-on to the
vehicle.
l
Driving into a big hole or hitting the far
side of a hole.
The front air bags will inflate if the
severity of impact is above the designed
threshold level.
l Hitting a solid wall straight on at
greater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).
l
Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard
object.
Limitations to front air bag activation
l
Landing hard or the vehicle falling.
2-50
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Depending on the severity of impact, the
front air bags may not inflate in the
following cases:
l Impacts involving trees or poles cause
severe cosmetic damage but may not
have enough stopping force to activate
the air bag.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page63
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (63,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
may not provide the stopping force
necessary for air bag deployment.
l
Rear-ending or running under a truck's
tail gate may not provide the stopping
force necessary for air bag deployment.
l
Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the side
and curtain air bags but not the front air
bags.
Side and curtain air bag activation
The severity of impact above the designed
threshold level to one side of the vehicle
(driver or passenger side areas) will cause
the side and curtain air bags on that side
to inflate, but it will not normally deploy
the front air bags.
Non-activation of front air bags
Front air bags will not normally inflate in
the following cases:
l Collision from the rear.
Limitations to side and curtain air bag
activation
l
Impact to the side, but it may deploy
the side and curtain air bags.
Depending on the severity of impact, the
side and curtain air bags may not inflate in
the following cases:
l Frontal offset impact may not provide
enough side impact to deploy the side
and curtain air bags.
2-51
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page64
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (64,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
l
l
l
Side impacts involving trees or poles
can cause severe cosmetic damage but
may not have enough impact force to
activate the side and curtain air bags.
Vehicle roll-over may not provide
enough side force to deploy the side
and curtain air bags.
Side impacts with two-wheeled
vehicles may not provide enough force
to deploy the side and curtain air bags.
Non-activation of side and curtain air
bag
The side and curtain air bags will not
normally inflate in the following cases:
l Collision from the rear.
l
qConstant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag
systems are monitored by a diagnostic
system:
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
2-52
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Collision from the front, but it may
deploy the front air bags.
SAS unit
Front air bag sensor
Air bag modules
Side crash sensors
Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner
system warning light
Front seat belt pretensioners
Front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light
Related wiring
Driver seat slide position sensor
Front passenger seat weight sensors
Driver and front passenger seat belt
buckle switches
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page65
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (65,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
The diagnostic module continuously
monitors the system's readiness. This
begins when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position and continues while
the vehicle is being driven.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
qMaintenance
The air bag systems do not require regular
maintenance. But if any of the following
occurs, take your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:
l The air bag system warning light
flashes.
l The air bag system warning light
remains illuminated.
l The air bag system warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position.
l The air bags have deployed.
l Front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light does not illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position or does not illuminate
as indicated in the chart. For more
details about this indicator light and
this chart, refer to “Front passenger
seat weight sensors” (page 2-44).
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position. If any of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
2-53
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page66
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (66,1)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
WARNING
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged
air bag/seat belt pretensioner system
components:
Expended or damaged air bag/seat
belt pretensioner system components
must be replaced after any collision
which caused them to deploy or
damage them. Only a trained
Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully
evaluate these systems to see that
they will work in any subsequent
accident. Driving with an expended
or damaged air bag or pretensioner
unit will not afford you the necessary
protection in the event of any
subsequent accident which could
result in serious injury or death.
Do not remove interior air bag parts:
Removing any components such as
the front seats, front dashboard, the
steering wheel or parts on the front
and rear window pillars and along
the roof edge, containing air bag
parts or sensors is dangerous. These
parts contain essential air bag
components. The air bag could
accidentally activate and cause
serious injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer remove
these parts.
Dispose of the air bag properly:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a
vehicle with live air bags in it can be
extremely dangerous. Unless all
safety procedures are followed, injury
can result. Ask an Authorized Mazda
Dealer how to safely dispose of an air
bag or how to scrap an air bag
equipped vehicle.
2-54
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components
or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a
person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, contact
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to
“Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)” (page 9-2).
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page67
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
3
Black plate (67,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustment
of various parts.
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2
Advanced Keys í ...................................................................... 3-2
Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7
Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-14
Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-16
Warning and Beep Sounds ...................................................... 3-17
Setting Change (Function Customization) .............................. 3-19
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-20
Doors and Locks .........................................................................
Keys (without Advanced Key) ................................................
Keyless Entry System (with Retractable Type Key) ...............
Door Locks .............................................................................
Trunk Lid ................................................................................
Inside Trunk Release Lever .....................................................
Power Windows ......................................................................
Rear Quarter Windows ............................................................
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ...........................................................
Hood .......................................................................................
Moonroof í .............................................................................
3-21
3-21
3-22
3-27
3-32
3-34
3-35
3-41
3-42
3-43
3-44
Security System ...........................................................................
Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) .............................
Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................
Theft-Deterrent System í ........................................................
3-47
3-47
3-49
3-52
Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-54
Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-54
Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-54
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
3-1
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page68
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (68,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Advanced Keys í
The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enables the
following operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).
l Locking/unlocking the doors, and opening the trunk lid, without operating the key.
l Starting the engine without operating the key.
The advanced key enables additional functions other than those with the advanced keyless
functions (page 3-14).
l The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system
from a distance (Lock/Unlock/Trunk/Panic button):
Locking/unlocking the doors.
Opening the trunk lid.
Turning on the alarm.
l Locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk lid, or starting the engine using the
auxiliary key.
l
l
l
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where
your children will not find or play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someone
being badly injured or even killed. These new kinds of keys are fascinating to
children. They could play with power windows or other controls, or even make the
vehicle move.
Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as
pacemakers:
Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask the
medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the
advanced key will affect the equipment.
NOTE
l
l
l
The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.
Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-47) for information regarding keys and engine starting.
(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-52) for information regarding keys and the prevention of
vehicle and vehicle contents theft.
3-2
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page69
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (69,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Panic button
Trunk button
Lock button
Auxiliary key
Unlock button
Operation indicator light
Key code number plate
A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store it
in a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.
Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not in
the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.
CAUTION
Ø Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function
correctly under the following conditions:
Ø The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular
phones.
Ø The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.
Ø The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers.
Ø Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.
Ø There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.
Ø If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain
gas stations.
Ø The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives highintensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such
as televisions or personal computers.
Ø To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:
Ø Drop the advanced key.
Ø Get the advanced key wet.
Ø Disassemble the advanced key.
Ø Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the
dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.
Ø Place heavy objects on the advanced key.
Ø Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.
Ø Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.
3-3
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page70
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (70,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l
Battery life is about one year. Replace the battery when the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in
the instrument cluster.
Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3-18.
l
Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keys
can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.
3-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page71
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (71,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qAdvanced Key Maintenance
CAUTION
Ø Make sure the battery is installed
with the correct pole facing
upward. Battery leakage could
occur if it is not installed correctly.
Ø When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also
be careful not to get dirt in the
transmitter as it could be
damaged.
Ø There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
Ø Replace only with the same type
battery (CR2025 or equivalent).
Ø Dispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
Ø Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Ø Never disassemble.
Ø Never throw the battery into
fire or water.
Ø Never deform or crush.
The following conditions indicate that the
battery power is low:
l The KEY indicator light (green) flashes
in the instrument cluster when the
engine is turned off.
l The system does not operate and the
operation indicator light on the
transmitter does not flash when the
buttons are pressed.
l The system's operational range is
reduced.
Replacing the battery at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent
damage to the advanced key. If replacing
the battery by yourself, follow the
instruction below.
Replacing the advanced key battery
1. Pull out the auxiliary key.
2. Release the cap using a small flathead
screwdriver, then rotate and remove the
cap.
Cap
CAUTION
Do not turn the cap excessively. The
cap may be damaged.
3-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page72
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (72,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
3. Insert a small flathead screwdriver into
the crack and press the battery out.
qService
If you have a problem with the advanced
keyless functions, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your advanced key is lost or stolen,
bring all remaining advanced keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen advanced key
inoperative.
CAUTION
4. Insert the new battery (CR2025 or
equivalent) with the positive pole (
facing the ( ) mark on the cap.
5. Rotate and close the cap.
Cap
6. Reinsert the auxiliary key.
3-6
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
)
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page73
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (73,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Operation Using Advanced
Keyless Functions
qOperational Range
Opening the trunk lid
The operational range for opening the
trunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm (2.6 ft)
from the center of the trunk lid.
The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the advanced key is being
carried.
Exterior transmitter
NOTE
When the battery power is low, or in places
where there are high-intensity radio waves or
noise, the operational range may become
narrower or the system may not operate.
Operational range
Locking, unlocking the doors
The operational range for locking/
unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80
cm (2.6 ft) from the center of the front
door handles.
Exterior transmitter
Operational range
Starting the engine
The operational range for starting the
engine includes nearly the entire cabin
area.
Interior transmitter
Operational range
NOTE
The system may not operate if you are too
close to the windows, door handles.
3-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page74
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (74,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l
l
The trunk is out of the operational range,
however, starting the engine may be
possible.
The engine may not start if the advanced
key is placed in the following areas:
Around the dashboard
In the storage compartments such as the
glove box
On the rear parcel shelf
Starting the engine may be possible even if
the advanced key is outside of the vehicle
and extremely close to a door and window,
however, always start the engine from the
driver's seat.
If the vehicle is started and the advanced
key is not in the vehicle, the vehicle will not
restart after it is shut off and the ignition
switch is turned to the Lock position.
If the advanced key is detected within
operational range, the operation indicator
light located in the instrument cluster
flashes momentarily.
l
l
l
l
l
qLocking, Unlocking the Doors
with Request Switch
All doors can be locked/unlocked by
pressing the request switch on the front
doors while the advanced key is being
carried.
Request switch
To lock
To lock the doors, press the request
switch. A beep sound will be heard once
and the hazard warning lights will flash
once.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once to
indicate that the doors are locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l The hazard warning lights will not flash.
l The hazard warning lights only flash when
the theft deterrent system is armed or
turned off, refer to the theft-deterrent
system (page 3-52).
To unlock
Driver's door request switch
To unlock the driver's door, press the
request switch. A beep sound will be
heard twice and the hazard warning lights
will flash twice.
To unlock all doors , press the request
switch again within 3 seconds and two
more beep sounds will be heard.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that the doors are unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l The hazard warning lights will not flash.
l The hazard warning lights only flash when
the theft deterrent system is armed or
turned off, refer to the theft-deterrent
system (page 3-52).
Front passenger door request switch
To unlock the doors, press the request
switch. A beep sound will be heard twice
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.
3-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page75
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (75,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
Confirm that all doors are securely locked.
All doors cannot be locked when any door
is open.
A beep sound is heard for confirmation
when the doors are locked/unlocked using
the request switch. If your prefer, the beep
sound can be turned off (page 3-19).
The setting can be changed so that the
doors are locked automatically without
pressing the request switch (page 3-19).
(Auto-lock function)
A beep sound is heard when all doors are
closed while the advanced key is being
carried. All doors are locked automatically
after about 3 seconds when the advanced
key is out of the operational range. Also,
the hazard warning lights flash once. (Even
if the driver is in the operational range, all
doors are locked automatically after about
30 seconds.)
If you are out of the operational range
before the doors are completely closed, the
auto-lock function will not work. Always
make sure that all doors are closed and
locked before leaving the vehicle.
(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking all doors by pressing the
request switch, all doors will automatically
lock and the hazard warning light will flash
if any of the following operations are not
performed within about 30 seconds.
A door is opened.
The auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch.
The start knob is pushed.
qOpening the Trunk Lid with
Request Switch
The trunk lid can be opened by pressing
the request switch on the under side of the
trunk lid above the license plate while the
advanced key is being carried.
Request switch
NOTE
If the advanced key is left in the trunk, the
trunk lid will close, however, the trunk lid can
be opened using the request switch and the
vehicle could be stolen.
qStarting the Engine
Ignition switch positions
As there is no a traditional key, some of
the ignition switch functions are different.
l
l
l
Start knob
3-9
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page76
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (76,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
LOCK (Released)
The steering wheel locks to help protect
against theft.
LOCK (Depressed)
The ignition switch can be turned to the
ACC position when the KEY indicator
light (green) illuminates in the instrument
cluster.
NOTE
l
l
If turning the ignition switch is difficult,
jiggle the steering wheel from side to side.
(Automatic transmission)
The ignition switch cannot be turned from
the ACC position to the LOCK position
when the shift lever is not in P.
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
NOTE
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
put the key or start knob to LOCK
position, set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P with an
automatic transmission or in 1 or R
with a manual transmission:
It is important to place the key or
start knob in the LOCK position even
if you are not removing the key from
the ignition or leaving the vehicle.
Leaving the key in other positions
will disable some of the vehicle
security systems and run the battery
down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
putting the ignition switch in LOCK
position, setting the parking brake
and shifting the shift lever to P with
an automatic transmission, or to 1 or
R with a manual transmission is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
3-10
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not
function in the ACC position, and the doors
will not lock/unlock using the transmitter or
request switches even if the advanced key is
carried away from the vehicle.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
(except brakes) should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-40).
NOTE
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, the sound of the fuel pump motor
operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This
does not indicate an abnormality.
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the start knob;
then it returns to the ON position. The
brake warning light can be checked after
the engine is started (page 5-40).
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page77
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (77,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Starting the engine
NOTE
l
l
l
Engine-starting is controlled by the spark
ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment Standard
requirements regulating the impulse
electrical field strength of radio noise.
The advanced key must be carried because
the advanced key carries an immobilizer
chip that must communicate with the engine
controls at short range.
When starting the engine, be sure the start
knob is securely attached before trying to
operate it. If the knob becomes detached
from the ignition switch, re-attach it by
pushing it on to the ignition switch.
5. (Manual transmission)
Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and shift into neutral.
Keep the clutch pedal depressed while
cranking the engine.
(Automatic transmission)
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
(Manual transmission)
The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal
is not depressed all the way.
(Automatic transmission)
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N.
6. Push the start knob slowly all the way
in.
1. Make sure the advanced key is being
carried.
2. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
3-11
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page78
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (78,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
7. Verify that the KEY indicator light
(green) illuminates in the instrument
cluster. The KEY warning light (red)
means you cannot continue to start the
engine using the Advanced Keyless
System. You may have to use the
auxiliary key instead (page 3-20).
NOTE
In the following cases, the KEY warning light
(red) illuminates and the engine will not start.
l The advanced key battery is dead.
l The advanced key is out of operational
range.
l The advanced key is placed in areas where
it is difficult for the system to detect the
signal (page 3-7).
l A key from another manufacturer similar to
the advanced key is in the operational
range.
9. Turn the ignition switch from the ACC
position to the START position and
hold (up to 10 seconds at a time) until
the engine starts.
CAUTION
Do not try the starter for more than
10 seconds at a time. If the engine
stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds
before trying again. Otherwise, you
may damage the starter and drain
the battery.
10. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 15 seconds.Then perform the
shift operation.
NOTE
l
l
l
8. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
position while pushing the start knob
in.
l
3-12
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
In extremely cold weather (below 0°C
(32°F)) or after the vehicle has not been
driven in several days, let the engine warm
up without operating the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
The display of the variable red zone in the
tachometer changes according to the
temperature of the engine coolant. To
protect the engine, when the engine coolant
temperature is low, the engine does not run
at high speeds. The fuel supply will be cut
at an rpm lower than the red zone.
Refer to Tachometer on page 5-37.
If the engine does not start the first time,
refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under
Emergency Starting. If the engine still does
not start, have your vehicle inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-18).
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page79
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (79,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Turning off the engine
NOTE
NOTE
l
For improved engine starting performance the
next time you start the engine after only
driving the vehicle a short distance, turn off
the engine after 1 or more of the variable red
zone lamps in the tachometer have turned off.
1. Move the shift lever to the P position
(Automatic transmission).
2. Turn the ignition switch from the ON
position to the ACC position.
NOTE
When the engine is turned off and the ignition
switch it turned from the ACC position to the
LOCK position, the KEY indicator light
(green) flashes in the instrument cluster for
about 30 seconds if the battery power of the
advanced key is low. Replace the battery with a
new one.
Refer to Battery Replacement (page 3-6).
l
When turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, the ignition switch has to
be pushed in from the ACC position and
turned. Without being pushed in, the
ignition switch stops at the ACC position
and the vehicle battery may be discharged
if the ignition switch is left in the ACC
position. When leaving the vehicle, make
sure the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
If the vehicle is left with the ignition switch
not in the LOCK position, a beep sound is
heard and the indicator light flashes to
notify the driver.
Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-17).
3. Push in the start knob from the ACC
position and turn it to the LOCK
position.
CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure
the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
3-13
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page80
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (80,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Operation Using Advanced
Key Functions
Transmitter
Lock button
Panic button
Unlock button
Trunk button
qKeyless Entry System
This system uses the more traditional key
buttons to remotely lock and unlock the
doors and opens the trunk lid, and opens
the power windows.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
The keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
The system does not operate when the
ignition switch is not in the LOCK position
or the start knob is pushed in.
With the start knob installed in the LOCK
position, the system is fully operational. If
the ignition switch is not in the LOCK
position or the start knob is pushed in, the
system does not operate.
All doors cannot be locked by pressing the
lock button while any door is open. The
hazard warning lights will also not flash.
If the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operational range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-5).
NOTE
l
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry CANADA. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
NOTE
The unlock button can be used to open the
power windows. Refer to Opening the Power
Windows from Outside (page 3-38).
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors, press the lock button. A
beep sound will be heard once and the
hazard warning lights will flash once.
3-14
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page81
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (81,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
To confirm that all doors have been
locked, press the lock button again within
5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,
the horn will sound.
NOTE
NOTE
Auto re-lock function
After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors
will automatically lock if one of the doors is
not opened within about 30 seconds.
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once to
indicate that all doors are locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l The hazard warning lights will not flash.
l The hazard warning lights only flash when
the theft deterrent system is armed or
turned off, refer to the theft-deterrent
system (page 3-52).
Trunk button
NOTE
NOTE
l
l
All doors cannot be locked when any door
is open.
Confirm that all doors are locked visually
or audibly by use of the double click.
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button. A beep will be heard twice
and the hazard warning lights will flash
twice.
To unlock all doors , press the unlock
button again within 3 seconds and two
more beep sounds will be heard.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that all doors are unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
l The hazard warning lights will not flash.
l The hazard warning lights only flash when
the theft deterrent system is armed or
turned off, refer to the theft-deterrent
system (page 3-52).
To open the trunk, press the trunk button
for more than 1 second.
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
The panic button will work whether any door
is open or closed.
(Turning on the alarm)
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
l The horn sounds intermittently.
l The hazard warning lights flash.
NOTE
However, if the driver is too close to the
vehicle the panic button may not function.
(Turning off the alarm)
The alarm stops by pressing any button on
the transmitter.
3-15
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page82
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (82,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
qAuxiliary Key Function
Use the auxiliary key stored in the
advanced key in the event of a dead
transmitter battery or malfunction.
Removing the auxiliary key
Pull out the auxiliary key from the
advanced key.
Locking, unlocking the doors
The doors can be locked/unlocked using
the auxiliary key, refer to Locking,
Unlocking with Key (page 3-27).
Opening the trunk lid
The trunk lid can be opened using the
auxiliary key, refer to Opening and
Closing the Trunk Lid (page 3-32).
Starting the engine
The engine can be started with the
auxiliary key, refer to Ignition Switch
(page 5-2).
Locking, unlocking the glove box
The glove box can be locked/unlocked
using the auxiliary key, refer to Glove
Box (page 6-84).
3-16
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Advanced Key Suspend
Function
If one key is left in the vehicle or trunk
and the second key is used to lock the
vehicle, the functions of the advanced key
left in the vehicle or the trunk are
temporarily suspended to prevent theft of
the vehicle.
The following are inoperable:
l Starting the engine using the start
knob.
l Operating the request switches.
To restore these functions, perform any
one of the following:
l Press the lock or unlock button on the
advanced key which has had its
functions suspended.
l While carrying another advanced key,
push in the start knob until the KEY
indicator light (green) in the instrument
cluster illuminates.
l Insert the auxiliary key and turn the
ignition switch to the ON position.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page83
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (83,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Warning and Beep Sounds
qSystem Malfunction Warning Light
If any malfunction occurs in the advanced
keyless function, the KEY warning light
(red) in the instrument cluster illuminates
continuously.
CAUTION
If the KEY warning light (red) remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive
the vehicle with the advanced keyless
function. Park the vehicle in a safe
place and use the auxiliary key to
continue driving the vehicle. Have the
vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).
qStart Knob Not in LOCK
Warning Beep
If the start knob is in the ACC position
and the driver's door is opened, a
continuous beep sound will be heard to
notify the driver that the start knob has not
been returned to the LOCK position. In
this case, the keyless entry system does
not operate, the car cannot be locked, and
the battery will run down.
qAdvanced Key Removed from
Vehicle Warning Beep
Under the following conditions, a beep
sound will be heard and the KEY warning
light (red) will flash continuously when
the start knob has not been returned to the
LOCK position to notify the driver that
the advanced key has been removed. The
KEY warning light (red) will stop flashing
when the advanced key is back inside the
vehicle:
l The start knob has not been returned to
the LOCK position, the driver's door is
open, and the advanced key is removed
from the vehicle. (A beep sound will be
heard three times.)
However the beep sound will be heard
continuously when the start knob is in
the ACC position and the door is open
due to the activation of the warning
beep sound indicating that the start
knob is not in the LOCK position.
l The start knob has not been returned to
the LOCK position and all the doors
are closed after removing the advanced
key from the vehicle. (A beep sound
will be heard six times.)
NOTE
Because the advanced key utilizes low-intensity
radio waves, the Advanced Key Removed From
Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced
key is carried together with a metal object or it
is placed in a poor signal reception area.
qRequest Switch Inoperable
Warning Beep
If the request switch for a front door is
pressed under the following conditions
while the advanced key is being carried, a
beep will be heard 6 times to indicate that
the front doors cannot be locked.
l A door is open (door ajar included).
3-17
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page84
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (84,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
l
l
The start knob has not been returned to
the LOCK position.
The auxiliary key is inserted into the
ignition switch.
qAdvanced Key Battery Dead
Warning
When the start knob is returned to the
ACC or LOCK position from the ON
position, the KEY indicator light (green)
flashes for approximately 30 seconds
indicating that the remaining battery
power is low. Replace with a new battery
before the advanced key becomes
unusable.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance
(page 3-5).
NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the KEY
indicator light (green) does not flash even if
the battery power is low.
Refer to Setting Change (page 3-19).
qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning
Under the following conditions, the KEY
warning light (red) flashes to inform the
driver that the start knob will not rotate to
the ACC position even if it is pushed in
from the LOCK position.
l The advanced key battery is dead.
l The advanced key is not within
operational range.
l The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
l A key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
3-18
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
qAdvanced Key Left-in-trunk
Warning Beep
If the advanced key is left in the trunk
compartment with all doors locked and
the trunk lid closed, a beep sound is heard
for about 10 seconds to remind the driver
the advanced key has been left in the
trunk compartment. If this happens, open
the trunk lid by pressing the request
switch and remove the advanced key. An
advanced key removed from the trunk
may not function because its functions
may have been temporarily suspended. To
restore the advanced key function,
perform the applicable procedure (page
3-16).
qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicle
Warning Beep
If an advanced key is left in the vehicle
cabin and all doors are locked using a
separate advanced key, a beep sound is
heard for about 10 seconds to remind the
driver that the advanced key has been left
in the vehicle cabin. If this happens, the
doors lock but the functions of the
advanced key left in the vehicle cabin
may be temporarily suspended. Perform
the following procedure to restore the
functions of the advanced key (page
3-16).
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page85
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (85,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
Setting Change (Function Customization)
The following function settings are possible. These settings can only be changed by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Setting
Advanced key battery
dead indicator
Lock/unlock operation
confirmation beep
sound*1
Autolock function*2
Function
KEY indicator light (green) flashes to indicate
that the advanced key battery power is low.
A beep sound is heard to confirm that all doors or
the trunk lid have been locked/unlocked.
When all doors are closed and the advanced key
is being carried and out of operational range, all
the doors automatically lock after 3 seconds.
(Even if the driver is in the operational range, all
doors are locked automatically after about 30 seconds.)
At Initial Setting
After Setting
Change
Activated
Deactivated
Activated
Deactivated
Deactivated
Activated
*1: When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.
*2: When Autolock function is enabled, windows will not automatically close. You must close before leaving
vehicle.
3-19
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page86
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (86,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System
When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated
Under the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light in
the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the
advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-17).
Warning
When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will be
heard.
When a door is open, three beep sounds are heard, and
the KEY warning light (red) in the instrument cluster
flashes.
When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard six times,
and the KEY warning light (red) in the instrument
cluster flashes.
When locking the doors or closing the trunk, the chime
sounds for about ten seconds.
How to check
Check whether the start knob has been returned to the
LOCK position.
Check whether the advanced key has been removed
from the vehicle.
Check whether the advanced key has been removed
from the vehicle.
Check whether the advanced key has been left in the
vehicle or the trunk.
Check whether the start knob has been returned to the
When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the
request switch on the front doors, a beep sound is heard LOCK position.
six times.
Check whether a door is open.
The advanced key battery power is low. Replace the
When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the
battery with a new one.
instrument cluster.
Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3-5.
The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park the vehicle in
When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated a safe place, and use the auxiliary key to continue
driving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at an
in the instrument cluster.
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
3-20
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page87
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (87,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Keys (without Advanced Key)
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. Children may find these new
kinds of keys to be an interesting toy
to play with and could cause the
power windows or other controls to
operate, or even make the vehicle
move.
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key.
NOTE
l
l
Write down the code number and keep it in
a separate safe and convenient place, but
not in the vehicle.
If your key is lost, consult your Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have your code number
ready.
Some types of key chains cannot be
attached to the retractable type key. In this
case, use the key ring provided with the
transmitter which has the key code number
plate attached.
NOTE
l
l
Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-49) for
information regarding keys and engine
starting.
(With theft-deterrent system)
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-52)
for information regarding keys and the
prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents
theft.
Key ring
The keys operate all locks.
Retractable
type key
Key code number plate
3-21
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page88
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (88,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Key extend/retract method (Retractable
type key)
To extend the key, press the release
button.
Keyless Entry System (with
Retractable Type Key)
This system remotely locks and unlocks
the doors and opens the trunk lid, and
opens the power windows.
It can also help you signal for attention.
Operating the theft-deterrent system with
the keyless entry system transmitter is
also possible on theft-deterrent systemequipped vehicles.
Press the buttons slowly and carefully.
CAUTION
To retract the key, rotate it into the holder
while pressing the release button.
3-22
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
To avoid damage to the transmitter,
do not:
Ø Drop the transmitter.
Ø Get the transmitter wet.
Ø Disassemble the transmitter.
Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind
of magnetic field.
Ø Expose the transmitter to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page89
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:22 PM
Black plate (89,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
The keyless entry system is designed to
operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from the
center of the vehicle, but this may vary due
to local conditions.
The system doesn't operate when the key is
in the ignition switch.
Doors can be locked by pressing the lock
button while any other door is open.
However, the hazard warning lights will not
flash and the horn will not sound.
If the transmitter does not operate when
pressing a button or the operation range
becomes too small, the battery may be
dead. To install a new battery, refer to
Maintenance (page 3-25).
Additional transmitters can be obtained at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3
transmitters can be used with the keyless
entry system per vehicle. Bring all
transmitters to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer when additional transmitters are
required.
qTransmitter
Lock button
Unlock button
Panic button
Operation
indicator light
Trunk button
NOTE
l
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry CANADA. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
NOTE
The unlock button can be used to open the
power windows. Refer to Opening the Power
Windows from Outside (page 3-38).
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors, press the lock button
and the hazard warning lights will flash
once.
3-23
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page90
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (90,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
To confirm that all doors have been
locked, press the lock button again within
5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,
the horn will sound.
NOTE
l
l
l
Pressing the transmitter lock button to lock
the doors while any door is open does not
sound the horn.
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash once
to indicate that all doors are locked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights only flash when
the theft deterrent system is armed.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if
the theft deterrent system is locked before
being properly armed.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-52.
NOTE
l
l
All doors cannot be locked when the key is
in the ignition switch.
Confirm that all doors are locked visually
or audibly by use of the double click.
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
To unlock all doors, press the unlock
button again within 5 seconds.
NOTE
(Without theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that all doors are unlocked.
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights only flash when the
theft deterrent system is turned off.
The hazard warning lights do not flash if the
theft deterrent system is locked before being
properly turned off.
Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page
3-52.
NOTE
Auto re-lock function
After unlocking with the transmitter, all doors
will automatically lock if one of the doors is
not opened within about 30 seconds.
Trunk button
To open the trunk, press the trunk button
for more than 1 second.
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, pressing the panic button will
activate the vehicle's alarm.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any door
is open or closed.
Turning on the alarm
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the
following will occur:
l The horn sounds intermittently.
l The hazard warning lights flash.
Turning off the alarm
Press any button on the transmitter.
3-24
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page91
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (91,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qTransmitter Maintenance
If the buttons on the transmitter are
inoperable and the operation indicator
light does not flash, the battery may be
dead.
Replace with a new battery before the
transmitter becomes unusable.
2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver into
the slot and push the tab to remove the
key from the transmitter.
Tab
CAUTION
Ø Install the battery with the positive
pole ( ) facing down. Battery
leakage could occur if it is not
installed correctly.
Ø When replacing the battery, be
careful not to bend the electrical
terminals or get oil on them. Also
be careful not to get dirt in the
transmitter as it could be
damaged.
Ø There is the danger of explosion if
the battery is not correctly
replaced.
Ø Replace only with the same type
battery (CR1620 or equivalent).
Ø Dispose of used batteries
according to the following
instructions.
Ø Insulate the plus and minus
terminals of the battery using
cellophane or equivalent tape.
Ø Never disassemble.
Ø Never throw the battery into
fire and/or water.
Ø Never deform or crush.
3. Insert a small flathead screwdriver into
the slot and gently pry open the
transmitter.
Replacing the transmitter battery
1. Unfold the key (page 3-21).
3-25
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page92
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (92,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
4. Press the portion of the battery
indicated by A and remove the battery.
7. Align the key with the transmitter as
shown in the figure, and insert the key
until a click sound is heard.
A
NOTE
CAUTION
If it is difficult to remove the battery by
pressing with a finger, use a small flathead
screwdriver to press out the battery.
5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 or
equivalent) with the positive pole (
facing down.
)
Insert the key into the transmitter
securely until a click sound is heard.
If it is not inserted securely, it could
detach from the transmitter.
qService
If you have a problem with the keyless
entry system, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bring
all remaining transmitters to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make
the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.
6. Align the front and back covers and
snap the transmitter shut.
3-26
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed
by laws in the United States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page93
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (93,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Door Locks
WARNING
Always take all children and pets with
you or leave a responsible person with
them:
Leaving a child or a pet unattended
in a parked vehicle is dangerous. In
hot weather, temperatures inside a
vehicle can become high enough to
cause brain damage or even death.
Do not leave the key in your vehicle
with children and keep them in a place
where your children will not find or
play with them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the
key is dangerous. This could result in
someone being badly injured or even
killed. They could play with power
windows or other controls, or even
make the vehicle move.
Keep all doors locked when driving:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle
are dangerous. Passengers can fall
out if a door is accidentally opened
and can more easily be thrown out in
an accident.
Always close all the windows, lock the
doors and take the key with you when
leaving your vehicle unattended:
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is
dangerous as children could lock
themselves in a hot vehicle, which
could result in death. Also, a vehicle
left unlocked becomes an easy target
for thieves and intruders.
qLocking, Unlocking with Key
The driver's door can be locked/unlocked
with the key.
Turn the key toward the front to unlock,
toward the back to lock.
Unlock
Lock
qLocking, Unlocking with Request
Switch (with Advanced Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the request switch while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
qLocking, Unlocking with
Transmitter (with Advanced Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-14).
qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter
(with Retractable Type Key)
The doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-22).
3-27
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page94
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (94,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qLocking, Unlocking with DoorLock Knob
To lock either front door from the inside,
push the door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it out.
NOTE
l
l
l
Door-lock knob
Lock
(With advanced key)
The driver's door cannot be locked using
the door-lock knob from the outside.
(Without advanced key)
The driver's door cannot be locked using
the door-lock knob from the outside if the
key is in the ignition switch.
When locking the doors this way, be careful
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.
qPower Door Locks
Vehicle lock-out prevention
Unlock
To lock either front door with the doorlock knob from the outside, push the
door-lock knob to the lock position and
close the door.
Door-lock knob
3-28
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
(With advanced key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. All doors will automatically
unlock if they are locked using the power
door locks with any door open.
(Without advanced key)
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
prevents you from locking yourself out of
the vehicle. With the key in the ignition
switch, all doors will automatically unlock
if they are locked using the power door
locks with any door open.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page95
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (95,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Locking, unlocking with key
All doors lock automatically when the
driver's door is locked with the key. All
doors unlock when the driver's door is
unlocked and the key is held in the unlock
position for one second or longer.
Driver's door
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
Passenger's door
Lock
NOTE
Holding the key in the unlocked position in the
driver's door lock for about a second unlocks
all doors. To unlock only the driver's door,
insert the key into the driver's door lock and
turn the key briefly to the unlock position and
then immediately return it to the center
position.
Locking, unlocking with door-lock
switch
All doors lock automatically when LOCK
is pushed. They all unlock when the
unmarked part of the door-lock switch is
pushed.
Unlock
Lock
Locking, unlocking with request switch
(with advanced key)
All doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the request switch on the front
doors while carrying the advanced key
outside the vehicle, refer to Operations
Using Advanced Keyless Functions (page
3-7).
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with advanced key)
All doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-14).
3-29
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page96
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (96,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Locking, unlocking with transmitter
(with retractable type key)
CAUTION
Before closing a front door make sure
other passengers are not operating a
rear door and a rear passenger's
head or hands are away from the
rear door. If the front door is closed
while a passenger is operating the
rear door handle, a hand or fingers
could be injured if the handle is
forced back. Also, a rear passenger
could hit their head against the door
during access to the rear seat.
All doors can be locked/unlocked by
operating the keyless entry system
transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System
(page 3-22).
qFreestyle Doors
The pillarless freestyle doors are front and
rear-hinged for ease of ingress and egress
to the rear seat.
Opening the freestyle doors
NOTE
1. Open the front door first.
l
l
l
Front door
l
2. Pull the rear door handle and open the
rear door.
Rear door handle
3-30
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The rear door cannot be opened while the
front door is closed.
Make sure the front seatbelt is unfastened
before the rear door is opened. The rear
door can't be opened with the front seatbelt
fastened because the front seatbelt may
lock.
If any door is left open for more than about
an hour, the front seatbelt will lock, and the
rear door cannot be opened. If this
happens, close all doors and open the rear
door again.
This vehicle is not equipped with child
safety locks due to the design of the front
and rear doors. The rear doors must be
closed before the front doors, and the rear
doors cannot be opened until the front
doors are opened.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page97
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (97,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Closing the freestyle doors
1. Close the rear door first, and then close
the front door.
Front door
WARNING
Make sure the rear door is closed
securely before closing the front door:
Driving with the doors not securely
closed is dangerous. If the rear door
is not completely closed, the front
door will not be securely closed. This
could cause the front door to open
unexpectedly while driving and may
result in an accident.
Rear door
CAUTION
Before closing a front door make sure
other passengers are not operating a
rear door and a rear passenger's
head or hands are away from the
rear door. If the front door is closed
while a passenger is operating the
rear door handle, a hand or fingers
could be injured if the handle is
forced back. Also, a rear passenger
could hit their head against the door
during access to the rear seat.
NOTE
The front door cannot latch or lock while the
rear door is opened.
2. Make sure the freestyle doors are
securely closed.
3-31
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page98
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (98,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Trunk Lid
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the
trunk:
Allowing a person to ride in the trunk
is dangerous. In addition, the person
in the trunk could be seriously
injured or killed during sudden
braking or a collision.
Keep the trunk closed when driving:
Exhaust gas entering the cabin of a
vehicle through an open trunk is
dangerous. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is
colorless, odorless, and highly
poisonous. If inhaled, it can cause
loss of consciousness and death.
qOpening and Closing the Trunk
WARNING
Close the trunk lid and do not allow
children to play inside the vehicle:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure.
Always keep the car from being a
tempting place to play by locking doors
and the trunk, and keeping the keys
where children can not play with them:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
children who lock themselves in cars
or trunks can die very quickly from
heat prostration. Do not leave your
children or pets alone in a car at any
time. Do not leave the car or the
trunk unlocked.
Opening the trunk lid with the key
Insert the key into the slot and turn it
clockwise.
Open
3-32
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page99
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (99,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Opening the trunk lid with the request
switch (with advanced key)
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the request switch on the trunk lid while
carrying the advanced key outside the
vehicle, refer to Operations Using
Advanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).
Closing the trunk lid
Grasp the inner handle and pull the trunk
lid down, then push the trunk lid down
until it locks securely. Be careful not to
slam it. Pull up on the trunk lid to make
sure it is secured.
Handle
Opening the trunk lid with the
transmitter (with advanced key)
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the keyless entry system transmitter, refer
to Keyless Entry System (page 3-14).
Opening the trunk lid with the
transmitter (with retractable type key)
The trunk lid can be opened by operating
the keyless entry system transmitter, refer
to Keyless Entry System (page 3-22).
Opening the trunk lid with the remote
release button
Push the release button.
qTrunk Light
The trunk light is on when the lid is open
and off when it's closed.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the trunk open for a long period
when the engine is not running.
3-33
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page100
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (100,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Inside Trunk Release Lever
Your vehicle is equipped with an inside
trunk release lever that provides a means
of escape for children and adults in the
event they become locked inside the
trunk.
No matter how careful adults might be
with keys and locking their cars, parents
should be aware that children may be
tempted to play around vehicles and use
the trunk as a hiding place.
Adults are advised to familiarize
themselves with the operation and
location of the inside trunk release lever
so that all children can be told about it in
an appropriate way, keeping in mind that
most vehicles don't have such levers.
WARNING
Close the trunk lid and do not allow
children to play inside the vehicle:
Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving
children in the vehicle with the keys is
dangerous. Children could open the
trunk lid and climb inside resulting in
possible injury or death from heat
exposure.
Always keep the car from being a
tempting place to play by locking doors
and the trunk, and keeping the keys
where children can not play with them:
Leaving children or animals
unattended in a parked vehicle is
dangerous. Babies left sleeping and
children who lock themselves in cars
or trunks can die very quickly from
heat prostration. Do not leave your
children or pets alone in a car at any
time. Do not leave the car or the
trunk unlocked.
3-34
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
qOpening the Trunk Lid from the
Inside
Slide the inside trunk release lever in the
direction of the arrow. The lever is made
of material that will glow for hours in the
darkness of the trunk following a brief
exposure to ambient light.
The inside trunk release lever is located
on the inside of the trunk end trim.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page101
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (101,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for the power windows to
operate.
qOperating the Power Windows
NOTE
l
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head,
or even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury
or even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
Always lock the power window with the
power window lock switch on the
driver's side while children are in the
vehicle, and never allow children to
play with power window switches:
Leaving the power window switches
unlocked while children are in the
vehicle is dangerous. Power window
switches that are not locked with the
power window lock switch would
allow children to operate power
windows unintentionally which could
result in serious injury if a child's
hands, head or neck becomes caught
by the window.
l
The passenger power window can be
operated with the door switch when the
power window lock switch on the driver's
door is in the unlocked position (page
3-38).
The passenger power window can also be
operated by the power window master
control switches on the driver's door.
Owner master control switch
Driver's window
Passenger's
window
l
The following functions can be performed
for the power windows using the power
window master control switches on the
driver's door or passenger's door switch.
Manual opening/closing
Auto-opening/closing
Two-step down function
l
l
l
3-35
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page102
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (102,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Manual opening/closing
To open a power window to the desired
position, lightly hold down the switch.
To close the power window to the desired
position, lightly pull up the switch.
Owner master control switches
Open
Close
Passenger's
window
Driver's window
Passenger switch
NOTE
(POWER WINDOW RESET PROCEDURE)
If the battery was disconnected during vehicle
maintenance, or for other reasons such as a
switch continues to be operated after the
window is fully open/close, the power windows
will not fully open and close automatically.
Resetting of the automatic function can be
performed using the driver's master control
switch or the passenger door switch.
The power window auto function reset
procedure can be done on one or both door
switches. The power window auto function will
only resume on the side that has been reset.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Make sure that the power window lock
switch located on the driver's door is not
depressed.
3. Press the switch and fully open the power
window.
Open
Close
4. Pull up the switch to fully close the power
window and continue holding the switch for
about 2 seconds after the window fully
closed.
5. Repeat Steps 3-4 for the passenger power
window.
Auto-opening/closing
To fully open a power window
automatically, press the switch completely
down.
To fully close the power window
automatically, pull the switch completely
up.
To stop the power window partway, pull
or press the switch in the opposite
direction and then release it.
3-36
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
6. Make sure that the power windows operate
correctly using the door switches.
Two-step down function
With the power window completely
closed, press the switch lightly and it will
open and stop about 3 cm (1 in) from the
top.
If you continue to press and hold the
switch, the window will resume opening
all the way.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page103
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (103,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
NOTE
Pressing the power window switch once when
the window is fully closed will only open it
about 3 cm (1 in) to allow convenient
ventilation of the cabin.
l
Canceling the two-step down function
To cancel the two-step down function for
the power windows, carry out the
following procedure using the master
control switches.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position and complete the following
procedure within 5 seconds:
Press the power window switch 2 times
firmly, then pull it 2 times firmly.
Owner master control switches
l
The two-step down function cannot be
canceled if the procedure is not completed
within the specified times, or the procedure
is changed along the way. To redo the
procedure, first turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK position and proceed from the
beginning.
If you are unable to cancel the function
despite carrying out the cancellation
procedure, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Restoring the two-step down function
With the two-step down function in the
canceled state, repeat the previous
procedure for canceling the function on
each door switch and it will be restored.
NOTE
If you are unable to restore the function despite
doing the restore procedure, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Jam-safe window
Driver's window
Passenger's
window
2. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
3. With the ignition switch in the LOCK
position, and within 40 seconds, turn
the ignition switch to the ON position
and complete the following procedure
within 5 seconds:
Press the power window switch 2 times
firmly, then pull 2 times firmly.
If a person's hands, head or an object
blocks the window during the manual
closing operation or the auto-closing
operation, the window will stop and open
halfway.
WARNING
Make sure nothing blocks the window
just before it reaches the fully closed
position or while fully holding up the
power window switch:
Blocking the power window just
before it reaches the fully closed
position or while fully holding up the
power window switch is dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function
cannot prevent the window from
stopping. If fingers are caught,
serious injuries could occur.
3-37
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page104
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (104,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
l
l
Depending on driving conditions, a closing
power window could stop and start opening
when the window feels a shock that is
similar to something blocking it.
In the event the jam-safe function activates
and the power window cannot be closed
automatically, pull and hold the switch fully
and the window will close.
The jam-safe window function does not
operate until the system is re-initialized.
qPower Window Lock Switch
With the lock switch in the unlocked
position, all power windows on each door
can be operated.
With the lock switch in the locked
position, only the driver's side power
window can be operated.
Locked position
Engine-off power window operation
The power window can be operated for
about 40 seconds after the ignition switch
is turned from the ON position to the
ACC or LOCK position with all doors
closed. If any door is opened, the power
window will be inoperable.
Unlocked position
NOTE
l
l
For engine-off operation of the power
window, the switch must be held up firmly
throughout window closure because the
auto-closing function will be inoperable.
The two-step down function is inoperable
during engine-off operation.
WARNING
Unless a passenger needs to operate a
power window, keep the power window
lock switch in the locked position:
Unintentional power window
operation is dangerous. A person's
hands, head, or neck could be caught
by the window and result in serious
injury.
qOpening/Closing the Power
Windows from Outside
Both power windows can be opened or
closed from outside the vehicle after the
doors are closed.
The power windows may be operated
when the power window lock switch on
the driver's door is in the lock or unlocked
position.
3-38
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page105
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (105,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
WARNING
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing power windows are
dangerous. A person's hands, head,
or even neck could be caught by the
window and result in serious injury
or even death.
This warning applies especially to
children.
Use the auto-window function only
when you can see the vehicle and it is
in a secure area:
Do not let children play with your
keys. If they open the window
without your knowing, the open
windows are an even bigger
invitation to a thief than leaving the
doors unlocked.
NOTE
The windows can be opened for
ventilating the cabin before getting in the
vehicle.
l
The power windows cannot be opened or
closed from outside the vehicle under the
following condition:
A door is opened.
The key is inserted into the ignition
switch.
(With advanced key)
The start knob is in any position except
LOCK.
The power windows may not close
completely. Make sure all the windows are
closed.
l
l
l
l
If the power windows cannot be closed
completely, operate each power window
switch from inside the vehicle. After closing
the windows from outside the vehicle, verify
that they are completely closed.
Opening
Because nobody likes getting into a very
hot car, Mazda has introduced a way to
open the both windows as you approach
the vehicle to get the air moving before
you get in.
With unlock button (Keyless entry
system)
Press the unlock button on the transmitter
once, then press again within 1.5 seconds
and hold.
After the doors are unlocked, both
windows open while the unlock button is
pressed.
To stop the windows while opening,
release the button.
If the operation is performed from the
beginning again, the windows open.
Advanced key
Lock button
Panic button
Unlock button
Trunk button
3-39
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page106
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (106,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
NOTE
Retractable type key
Lock button
Unlock button
Panic button
The window opening operation also can be
stopped by turning the key toward the back.
However, the doors will lock.
Closing
The windows can be closed in case they
are left open after getting out of the
vehicle.
Operation
indicator light
Trunk button
NOTE
l
l
The unlock button does not operate unless
it is pressed twice sequentially.
The lock button cannot be used to close the
power windows.
NOTE
(With advanced key)
If the auto-lock function (page 3-8) has been
activated, the doors automatically lock as you
walk away from the vehicle, however, the
power windows cannot be closed. When
leaving the vehicle, close the windows using
the power window switch inside the vehicle,
the key, or a request switch.
With key
With key
1. Insert the key in the driver's door key
cylinder.
1. Insert the key in the driver's door key
cylinder.
2. Turn the key toward the front and hold
it. After the doors are unlocked, the
windows fully open automatically.
2. Turn the key toward the back and hold
it. After the doors are locked, the
windows close as long as the key is
turned.
Open
Close
To stop this operation, turn the key to the
center position, then turn it toward the
front again.
With request switch on the driver's
door (Advanced key)
1. If the doors are locked, unlock them.
3-40
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page107
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (107,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
2. Press and hold the request switch on
the driver's door. After the doors are
locked, the windows close as long as
the request switch is pressed.
Rear Quarter Windows
Open or close a swing-out rear quarter
window by releasing the latch and moving
the window.
NOTE
When parked in public areas, it is best to keep
the rear quarter windows closed for security.
Request switch
qOpening a Window
Pull the latch inward and then push the
window outward.
To stop the windows from closing, release
the request switch. If the operation is
performed from the beginning again, the
windows close.
qClosing a Window
Pull the latch inward and then push it
backward until it snaps shut. Make sure
the window is securely closed.
3-41
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page108
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (108,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
WARNING
When removing the fuel cap, loosen the
cap slightly and wait for any hissing to
stop. Then remove it:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can
burn skin and eyes and cause illness
if ingested. Fuel spray is released
when there is pressure in the fuel
tank and the fuel cap is removed too
quickly.
Before refueling, stop the engine, and
always keep sparks and flames away
from the filler neck:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be
ignited by sparks or flames causing
serious burns and injuries.
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel
filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap
may result in fuel leak, which could
result in serious burns or death in an
accident.
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda
fuel cap or an approved equivalent,
available at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. The wrong cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel and
emission control systems. It may also
cause the check engine light in the
instrument cluster to illuminate.
3-42
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
qFuel-Filler Lid
To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lid
release.
Remote fuel-filler
lid release
qFuel-Filler Cap
To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
To close the fuel-filler cap, turn it
clockwise until two or more clicks are
heard.
Open
Close
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page109
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (109,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
CAUTION
Make sure the fuel-filler cap is
tightened securely. The check engine
light may illuminate when the cap
isn't tightened securely. If the light
remains on (even after you have
tightened the cap securely, driven,
and restarted the engine several
times), it may indicate a different
problem. Contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Hood
WARNING
Always check that the hood is closed
and securely locked:
A hood that is not closed and
securely locked is dangerous as it
could fly open while the vehicle is
moving and block the driver's vision
which could result in a serious
accident.
qOpening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
Release handle
2. Insert your hand into the hood opening
and slide the hood latch lever to the
right and lift the hood.
3-43
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page110
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (110,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
3. Grasp the support rod in the padded
area and secure it in the stay hole
indicated by the arrow to hold the hood
open.
Moonroof í
The moonroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
Slide switch
Clip
Pad
Support rod
qClosing the Hood
WARNING
Do not leave items in the engine
compartment:
After you have finished checking or
doing servicing in the engine
compartment, do not forget and
leave items such as tools or rags in
the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine
compartment could cause engine
damage or a fire leading to an
unexpected accident.
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Insert the support rod in its clip while
holding up the hood. Verify that the
support rod is secured in the clip before
closing the hood.
3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.
3-44
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Tilt switch
WARNING
Do not let passengers stand up or
extend part of the body through the
open moonroof while the vehicle is
moving:
Extending the head, arms, or other
parts of the body through the
moonroof is dangerous. The head or
arms could hit something while the
vehicle is moving. This could cause
serious injury or death.
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing the moonroof:
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a
person ―especially a child― could
be caught in it as it closes, causing
serious injury or even death.
NOTE
After washing your Mazda or after it rains,
wipe the water off the moonroof before
operating it to avoid water penetration which
could cause rust and water damage to your
headliner.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page111
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (111,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qTilt Operation
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted
open to provide more ventilation.
To close to the desired position, press the
front of the tilt or slide switch.
To fully tilt automatically, momentarily
press the rear of the tilt switch.
To stop tilting partway, press any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
Open
To close to the desired position, press the
front of the tilt or slide switch.
Close
Close
qPower Moonroof Re-set Procedure
Tilt up
Close
Close
qSlide Operation
To fully open automatically, momentarily
press the rear of the slide switch.
To stop sliding partway, press any part of
the tilt or slide switch.
If the battery is disconnected, the
moonroof may not operate correctly. The
moonroof will not operate correctly until
it is re-set.Carry out the following
procedure to re-set the moonroof and
resume operation:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press and hold the front of the SLIDE
switch with the moonroof closed
completely. The moonroof lowers
slightly and returns to its original
position when the re-setting is finished.
NOTE
Re-set cannot be performed with the moonroof
open. Close the moonroof completely before
re-setting.
3-45
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page112
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Knowing Your Mazda
Doors and Locks
qSunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed
by hand.
The sunshade opens automatically when
the moonroof is opened, but must be
closed by hand.
Sunshade
CAUTION
Ø The sunshade does not tilt. To
avoid damaging the sunshade, do
not push up on it.
Ø Do not close the sunshade while
the moonroof is opening. Trying to
force the sunshade closed could
damage it.
3-46
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (112,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page113
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (113,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
CAUTION
Immobilizer System (with
Advanced Key)
Do not allow the following when
starting the engine with the auxiliary
key due to an advanced key dead
battery or other malfunction.
Otherwise the signal from the
auxiliary key will not be received
correctly and the engine may not
start.
Ø Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
Ø Spare auxiliary keys or keys for
other vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the auxiliary key.
Ø Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage which touch or
come near the key.
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with an advanced key the
system recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized advanced key, the
engine will not start, thereby helping to
prevent the theft of your vehicle.
CAUTION
Ø Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
Ø To avoid damage to the key, do
not:
Ø Drop the key.
Ø Get the key wet.
Ø Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Ø Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
NOTE
l
l
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry CANADA. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
3-47
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page114
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (114,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qOperation
Arming
NOTE
l
The system is armed when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON position to
the ACC or LOCK position. The security
indicator light in the instrument cluster
flashes every 2 seconds until the system is
disarmed.
l
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the registered advanced key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and goes out.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
advanced key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
3-48
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
l
l
The engine may not start and the security
indicator light may illuminate or flash if the
advanced key is placed in an area where it
is difficult for the system to detect the
signal, such as on the dashboard, or in the
glove box. Move the advanced key to
another place, turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK position, and then restart the
engine.
Signals from a TV or radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper advanced key and
the engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If the indicator light is
flashing, turn the ignition switch to the
ACC or LOCK position and wait for a
while, then restart the engine. If it doesn't
start after 3 or more tries, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, don't
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If the
engine is shut off while the indicator light is
flashing, you won't be able to restart it.
Since the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the
advanced key (including auxiliary key) are
needed. Bring all the advanced keys
(including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page115
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (115,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qMaintenance
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the advanced key
(including auxiliary key), consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l
l
l
The advanced keys (including auxiliary key)
carry a unique electronic code. For this
reason, and to assure your safety, obtaining
a replacement advanced key (including
auxiliary key) requires some waiting time.
They are only available through an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always keep a spare advanced key in case
one is lost. If an advanced key is lost,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
If you lose an advanced key (including
auxiliary key), an Authorized Mazda Dealer
will reset the electronic codes of your
remaining advanced keys (including
auxiliary keys) and immobilizer system.
Bring all the remaining advanced keys
(including auxiliary keys) to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed to it.
Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key)
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent the
theft of your vehicle.
CAUTION
Ø Radio equipment like this is
governed by laws in the United
States.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
Ø To avoid damage to the key, do
not:
Ø Drop the key.
Ø Get the key wet.
Ø Expose the key to any kind of
magnetic field.
Ø Expose the key to high
temperatures on places such as
the dashboard or hood, under
direct sunlight.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
3-49
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page116
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (116,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
CAUTION
NOTE
l
When starting the engine do not
allow the following, as the engine
may not start due to the electronic
signal from the ignition key not being
transmitted correctly.
Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.
l
Ø Metal parts of other keys or metal
objects touch the key grip.
(U.S.A.)
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2)
this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
(CANADA)
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry CANADA. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
qOperation
Arming
Ø Spare keys or keys for other
vehicles equipped with an
immobilizer system touch or come
near the key grip.
The system is armed when the ignition
switch is turned from the ON to the ACC
position.
The security indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes every two
seconds until the system is disarmed.
Disarming
Ø Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage which touch or
come near the key.
3-50
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The system is disarmed when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
The security indicator light illuminates for
about three seconds and goes out.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page117
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (117,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qMaintenance
NOTE
NOTE
l
l
l
l
If the security indicator light comes on and
stays on when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, the engine will not start.
Signals from a TV or radio station, or from
a transceiver or a mobile telephone, could
interfere with your immobilizer system. If
you are using the proper key and your
engine fails to start, check the security
indicator light. If it is flashing, remove the
ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,
then reinsert it and try starting the engine
again. If it doesn't start after 3 or more
tries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, don't
shut off the engine. Go to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and have it checked. If you
shut off the engine while the light is
flashing you won't be able to restart it.
Since the electronic codes are reset when
repairing the immobilizer system, the keys
are needed. Bring all the existing keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
l
l
l
The keys carry a unique electronic code.
For this reason, and to assure your safety,
obtaining replacement key requires some
waiting time. They are only available
through an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.
If a key is lost, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
If you lose a key, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer will reset the electronic codes of
your remaining keys and immobilizer
system. Bring all the remaining keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has not
been reset is not possible.
qModification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
system's operation if the system has been
modified or if any add-on equipment has
been installed to it.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to your vehicle, do
not modify the system or install any
add-on equipment to the immobilizer
system or the vehicle.
3-51
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page118
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (118,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
Theft-Deterrent System í
If the theft deterrent system detects an
inappropriate entry into the vehicle, which
could result in the vehicle or its contents
being stolen, the alarm alerts the
surrounding area of an abnormality by
sounding the horn and flashing the hazard
warning lights.
Refer to Operation on page 3-52.
NOTE
NOTE
l
l
l
The theft-deterrent system operates with the
key or the keyless entry system transmitter.
(With advanced key)
The theft-deterrent system can also be
operated using the advanced keyless
function.
The system operates only when the driver is
in the vehicle or within operational range
while the advanced key is being carried.
The system will not function unless it is
properly armed. To properly secure the
vehicle, always make sure all windows are
completely closed and all doors and the
trunk lid are locked before leaving the
vehicle. Remember to take your key and
transmitter.
qOperation
System triggering conditions
The horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash for about 3
minutes when the system is triggered by
any one of the following:
l Forcing open a door, the hood or the
trunk lid.
l Unlocking a door with the inside doorlock knob.
l Unlocking a door with the door lock
switch.
l Opening the hood by operating the
hood release handle.
3-52
Opening the trunk lid by operating the
trunk lid release button.
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until a door is
unlocked or the trunk lid is opened with
the key or with the transmitter.
(With advanced key)
The lights and horn can also be
deactivated by pressing the request switch
on a door.
l
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
If the battery goes dead while the theftdeterrent system is armed, the horn will
activate and the hazard warning lights will
flash when the battery is charged or replaced.
qHow to Arm the System
1. Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
(With advanced key)
Turn the start knob to the LOCK
position.
2. Make sure the hood and the trunk lid
are closed. Close and lock all doors
from the outside using the key or press
the lock button on your keyless entry
system transmitter.
(With advanced key)
Press a request switch on the doors or
the lock button on the transmitter.
(Without advanced key)
The following method will also arm the
theft-deterrent system:
Close the hood and the trunk lid . Press
the area on the door-lock switch
marked “LOCK” once. Close all doors.
The hazard warning lights will flash once.
NOTE
Locking the doors with the inside door-lock
knob will not arm the system.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page119
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (119,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Security System
qTo Turn off an Armed System
An armed system can be turned off by any
one of the following methods:
l Unlock a door with the key.
l Press the unlock button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l Insert the key into the ignition switch
and turn it to the ON position.
l (With advanced key)
Press a request switch on the doors
or the unlock button on the
transmitter.
Turn the start knob to the ON
position.
qTheft-Deterrent Labels
l
l
The hazard warning lights will flash twice
to indicate that the system is turned off.
NOTE
The trunk lid can be opened with the key or the
transmitter even when the system is armed. The
alarm will not come on and the system will
remain armed.
A label indicating that your vehicle is
equipped with a Theft-Deterrent System is
in the glove box.
Mazda recommends that you affix it to the
lower rear corner of a front door window.
qTo Stop an Alarm
A triggered alarm can be turned off by
any one of the following methods:
l Unlock a door with the key.
l Open the trunk lid with the key.
l Press the unlock button or press and
hold the trunk button on the keyless
entry system transmitter.
l (With advanced key)
Press a request switch on the doors.
Press the unlock button or press and
hold the trunk button on the
transmitter.
l
l
NOTE
If you have any problem with the theftdeterrent system, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
3-53
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page120
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (120,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
Steering Wheel
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving:
Adjusting the steering wheel while
the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Moving it can very easily cause the
driver to abruptly turn to the left or
right. This can lead to loss of control
or an accident.
qTilt Steering Wheel
To change the angle of the steering wheel,
stop the vehicle, pull the tilt wheel release
lever under the steering column down,
adjust the wheel, then push the release
lever up to lock the column.
Tilt wheel release
lever
Mirrors
qOutside Mirrors
Check the mirror angles before driving.
Mirror type
Flat type (driver's side)
Flat surface mirror.
Convex type (front passenger side)
The mirror has single curvature on its
surface.
WARNING
Be sure to look over your shoulder
before changing lanes:
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the
vehicle in the convex mirror is
dangerous. You could have a serious
accident. What you see in the convex
mirror is closer than it appears.
Power mirror
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position.
To adjust:
1. Press the left or right side of the
selector switch to choose the left or
right side mirror.
After adjusting, push the wheel up and
down to be certain it's locked before
driving.
3-54
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page121
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (121,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
2. Depress the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Outside mirror
Selector switch
Mirror switch
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by placing the selector switch in the
middle position.
qRearview Mirror
WARNING
Do not stack cargo or objects higher
than the seatbacks:
Cargo stacked higher than the
seatbacks is dangerous. It can block
your view in the rearview mirror,
which might cause you to hit another
car when changing lanes.
Rearview mirror adjustment
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
Manual day/night mirror
Folding the mirror
Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is
locked.
Auto-dimming mirror
WARNING
Always return the outside mirrors to
the driving position before you start
driving:
Driving with the outside mirrors
folded in is dangerous. Your rear view
will be restricted, and you could have
an accident.
3-55
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page122
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (122,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
NOTE
For the manual day/night mirror, perform the
adjustment with the day/night lever in the day
position.
Reducing glare from headlights
Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel the
automatic dimming function. The
indicator light will turn off.
To reactivate the automatic dimming
function, press the ON button ( ). The
indicator light will illuminate.
Manual day/night mirror
Push the day/night lever forward for day
driving. Pull it back to reduce glare of
headlights from cars at the rear.
Day/Night lever
Indicator light
OFF button
ON button
Day
Night
Auto-dimming mirror
The auto-dimming mirror automatically
reduces glare of headlights from cars at
the rear when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
3-56
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page123
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (123,1)
Knowing Your Mazda
Steering Wheel and Mirrors
NOTE
l
Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects
on or around the light sensor. Otherwise,
light sensor sensitivity will be affected and
may not operate normally.
Light sensor
Light sensor
l
For information regarding the 3 buttons
(
,
,
) on the auto-dimming
mirror, refer to HomeLink Wireless Control
System (page 5-67).
3-57
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page124
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
3-58
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (124,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page125
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
4
Black plate (125,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Important information about driving your Mazda.
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................
Fuel Requirements ....................................................................
Emission Control System ..........................................................
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) .........................................
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-4
Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5
Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5
After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5
Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6
Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6
Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6
Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7
Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-8
Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8
Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-9
Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-11
Overloading ............................................................................. 4-11
Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-12
Towing ......................................................................................... 4-13
Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-13
4-1
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page126
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (126,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Premium unleaded fuel
Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)
91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)
* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
This vehicle is designed to use 91[ (R+M)/2 method] (96RON) or higher gasoline for best
performance. If 91[ (R+M)/2 method] (96RON) is not available, gasoline from 87 to 90[ (R
+M)/2 method] (91 to 95RON) can be used temporarily for emergency purposes, but this
will slightly reduce performance. Fuel with gasoline from 87 to 90[ (R+M)/2 method] (91
to 95RON), driving in high temperature or low humidity conditions could cause engine
knocking.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87[ (R+M)/2 method] (lower than 91RON) could cause the
emission control system to lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and
serious engine damage.
CAUTION
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead
to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.
Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanol
by volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this
recommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of
any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.
Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those
specified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not
be covered by the Mazda warranty.
l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
4-2
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page127
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (127,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Emission Control System
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Never park over or near anything flammable:
Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with
the engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and
could ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst
inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will
damage the converter and cause poor performance.
Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
Ø Do not coast with the ignition switch turned off.
Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.
Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.
Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments
must be made by a qualified technician.
Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.
NOTE
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system before
the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modification
made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
NOTE
While the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard from inside and
outside of the cabin interior, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a selfchecking device and it operates while the engine is off.
4-3
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page128
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (128,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)
WARNING
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness
and death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully open
and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust
gas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss
of consciousness or even death could occur.
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when
idling the engine:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed
and the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which
contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or
even death could occur.
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,
before starting the engine:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The
exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.
Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of
consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.
4-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page129
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (129,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Before Starting the Engine
Before Getting In
l
l
l
l
Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,
and outside lights are clean.
Inspect inflation pressures and
condition of tires.
Look under the vehicle for any sign of
fluid leaks.
If you plan to back up, make sure
nothing is in your way.
NOTE
Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,
washer fluid, and other fluid levels should be
inspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.
After Getting In
Are all doors closed and locked?
Is the seat adjusted properly?
l Are the inside and outside mirrors
adjusted?
l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?
l Check all gauges.
l Check all warning lights when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
l Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes off.
Always be thoroughly familiar with your
Mazda.
l
l
4-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page130
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (130,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Break-In Period
Money-Saving Suggestions
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of your Mazda.
l Don't race the engine.
l Don't maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
l Don't drive constantly at full-throttle or
high engine rpm (over 7,000 rpm) for
extended periods of time.
l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
l Avoid full-throttle starts.
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save money on
fuel and repairs.
l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
l Avoid fast starts.
l Keep the engine tuned. Follow the
maintenance schedule (page 8-3) and
have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform inspections and servicing.
l Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
l Slow down on rough roads.
l Keep the tires properly inflated.
l Do not carry unnecessary weight.
l Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving.
l For improved engine starting
performance the next time you start the
engine after only driving the vehicle a
short distance, turn off the engine after
1 or more of the variable red zone
lamps in the tachometer have turned
off.
In addition, it is recommended that
short trips be avoided to ensure that the
engine reaches operating temperature
before turning off the engine.
l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
l Keep windows closed at high speeds.
l Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
4-6
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page131
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (131,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
WARNING
Never stop the engine when going
down a hill:
Stopping the engine when going
down a hill is dangerous. This causes
the loss of power steering and power
brake control, and may cause
damage to the drivetrain. Any loss of
steering or braking control could
cause an accident.
Hazardous Driving
WARNING
Be extremely careful if it is necessary to
downshift on slippery surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while
driving on slippery surfaces is
dangerous. The sudden change in tire
speed could cause the tires to skid.
This could lead to loss of vehicle
control and an accident.
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazards:
l Be cautious and allow extra distance
for braking.
l Avoid sudden braking and sudden
maneuvering.
l Do not pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) on page 5-8.
l If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the rear
wheels.
l For more traction in starting on
slippery surfaces such as ice or packed
snow, use sand, rock salt, chains,
carpeting, or other nonslip material
under the rear wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the rear wheels.
4-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page132
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (132,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Floor Mat
WARNING
Make sure the floor mats are hooked
on the retention pins to prevent them
from bunching up under the foot
pedals:
Using a floor mat that is not secured
is dangerous as it will interfere with
the accelerator and brake pedal
operation, which could result in an
accident.
Do not install two floor mats, one on
top of the other, on the driver's side:
Installing two floor mats, one on top
of the other, on the driver's side is
dangerous as the retention pins can
only keep one floor mat from sliding
forward.
In using a heavy duty floor mat for
winter use always remove the
original floor mat.
Loose floor mat(s) will interfere with
the foot pedal and could result in an
accident.
When setting a floor mat, position the
floor mat so that its eyelets and inserted
over the pointed end of the retention
posts.
4-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
Do not spin the wheels at more than 56
km/h (35 mph), and do not allow
anyone to stand behind a wheel when
pushing the vehicle:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning
the wheels at high speed is
dangerous. The spinning tire could
overheat and explode. This could
cause serious injuries.
CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transmission failure,
and tire damage.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the
accelerator slightly and slowly move the
shift lever from 1 (D) to R.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page133
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (133,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Winter Driving
Carry emergency gear, including tire
chains, window scraper, flares, a small
shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag
of sand or salt.
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to
perform the following precautions:
l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in
the radiator.
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-14.
l Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
l Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
l For improved engine starting
performance the next time you start the
engine after only driving the vehicle a
short distance, turn off the engine after
1 or more of the variable red zone
lamps in the tachometer have turned
off.
In addition, it is recommended that
short trips be avoided to ensure that the
engine reaches operating temperature
before turning off the engine.
l Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but do not use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid
(page 8-17).
l Do not use the parking brake in
freezing weather as it may freeze.
Instead, shift to P with an automatic
transmission and to 1 or R with a
manual transmission. Block the rear
wheels.
l
qSnow Tires
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate
snow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)
more than recommended on the tire
pressure label (rear door on the driver's
side), but never more than the maximum
cold-tire pressure shown on the tires.
Your vehicle is originally equipped with
summer tires designed for optimum
traction on wet and dry roads. If your
vehicle is to be used on snow and ice
covered roads, Mazda recommends that
you replace the tires originally equipped
on your vehicle with snow tires during the
winter months.
WARNING
Use only the same size and type tires
(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all four
wheels:
Using tires different in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling
could be greatly affected and result
in an accident.
CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tires with
steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page
5-33).
4-9
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page134
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (134,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
qTire Chains
Installing the chains
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
1. Secure the chains on the rear tires as
tightly as possible. Always follow the
chain manufacturer's instructions.
CAUTION
Ø Chains may affect handling.
Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30
mph) or the chain manufacturer's
recommended limit, whichever is
lower.
Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, and sharp turns.
Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.
Ø Do not use chains on a temporary
spare tire; it may result in damage
to the vehicle and to the tire. Your
vehicle is not equipped with a
factory installed temporary spare
tire.
Ø Do not use chains on roads that
are free of snow or ice. The tires
and chains could be damaged.
Ø Chains may scratch or chip
aluminum wheels.
NOTE
l
l
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system may
not function correctly when using tire
chains.
Tire chains cannot be installed on vehicle
equipped with 19-inch tires. Before
attempting to install tire chains, the tires on
the front and rear must first be changed
from the 19-inch size to 18-inch tires.
Please consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Install the chains on the rear tires.
Do not use chains on the front tires.
Use only TÜV standard chains, and make
sure they fit.
4-10
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2
―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page135
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (135,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving In Flooded Area
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
CAUTION
Overloading
WARNING
Be careful not to overload your vehicle:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)
and the gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of your vehicle are on the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
on the driver's door frame. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident
or vehicle damage. You can estimate
the weight of your load by weighing
the items (or people) before putting
them in the vehicle.
Do not drive the vehicle on flooded
roads as it could cause short
circuiting of electrical/electronic
parts, or engine damage or stalling
from water absorption. If the vehicle
has been immersed in water, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
4-11
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page136
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (136,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Driving Tips
Driving on Uneven Road
Your vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roads
or over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling on
rough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.
Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving under
the following conditions:
l Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle
l Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle
Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance and
handling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be
damaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Use
care and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.
4-12
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page137
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (137,1)
Before Driving Your Mazda
Towing
Trailer Towing
The Mazda RX-8 is not designed for
towing. Never tow a trailer with your
Mazda RX-8.
4-13
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page138
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
4-14
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (138,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page139
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
5
Black plate (139,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Explanation of instruments and controls.
Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2
Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2
Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4
Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5
Manual Transmission Operation ............................................. 5-10
Automatic Transmission Controls ........................................... 5-13
Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-20
Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-21
Traction Control System (TCS) í ........................................... 5-25
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) í ........................................ 5-26
Tire Pressure Monitoring System í ......................................... 5-29
Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-35
Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-35
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-40
Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-40
Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-55
Switches and Controls ................................................................
Lighting Control .....................................................................
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...............................................
Fog Lights í ............................................................................
Windshield Wipers and Washer ..............................................
Headlight Washer í .................................................................
Rear Window Defroster ...........................................................
Horn ........................................................................................
Hazard Warning Flasher ..........................................................
HomeLink Wireless Control System í ....................................
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
5-56
5-56
5-59
5-60
5-60
5-64
5-65
5-66
5-66
5-67
5-1
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page140
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (140,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Ignition Switch
Auxiliary key (with advanced key)
qIgnition Switch Positions
With advanced
key
NOTE
When starting the engine using the advanced
key, refer to Starting the Engine (page 3-9).
When starting the engine with the
auxiliary key, perform the following
procedure.
Without advanced
key
1. Remove the auxiliary key from the
advanced key (page 3-16).
2. Make sure the start knob is in LOCK
position.
3. Remove the start knob by pulling it
outward while pressing the buttons on
both the left and right sides.
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. Only in this position can the
key be removed.
Manual transmission
To turn the key from the ACC to the
LOCK position, push the key in at the
ACC position, then turn it to the LOCK
position.
4. Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition
switch.
Push the key
5-2
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page141
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (141,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic transmission
To turn the key from the ACC to the
LOCK position, the shift lever must be in
the P position.
Shift lever
engaged in P
(park)
WARNING
Remove the key only when the vehicle
is parked:
Removing the key from the ignition
switch while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. Removing the key allows
the steering wheel to lock. You will
lose steering control and a serious
accident could occur. (For vehicles
equipped with the advanced key, the
steering wheel locks when the starter
knob is turned to the LOCK position.)
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
put the key or start knob to LOCK
position, set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P with an
automatic transmission or in 1 or R
with a manual transmission:
Intentionally placing the key or start
knob into LOCK position is much
more important where you will not
be removing the key to leave the
vehicle and because leaving it in
other positions will disable some of
the vehicle security systems and run
the battery down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
putting the ignition switch in LOCK
position, setting the parking brake
and the shift lever is in P with an
automatic transmission or in 1 or R
with a manual transmission is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
NOTE
If turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steering
wheel from side to side.
Leaving the key or start knob in any position
but LOCK position also disables some of the
security features and may run the battery
down.
5-3
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page142
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (142,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel unlocks and some
electrical accessories will operate.
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The warning lights
(except brakes) should be inspected
before the engine is started (page 5-40).
NOTE
(Gasoline engine models)
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, the sound of the fuel pump motor
operating near the fuel tank can be heard. This
does not indicate an abnormality.
NOTE
(With headlight auto-leveling)
When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, the sound of the headlight leveling
motors operating at the front of the engine
compartment can be heard. This does not
indicate an abnormality.
START
The engine is started in this position. It
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to the ON position. The brake
warning light can be checked after the
engine is started (page 5-40).
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position with the key inserted, a
continuous beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
5-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Starting the Engine
NOTE
Engine-starting is controlled by the spark
ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian InterferenceCausing Equipment Standard requirements
regulating the impulse electrical field strength
of radio noise.
1. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. (Manual transmission)
Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and shift into neutral.
Keep the clutch pedal depressed while
cranking the engine.
(Automatic transmission)
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
(Manual transmission)
The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal
is not depressed all the way.
(Automatic transmission)
The starter will not operate if the shift lever is
not in P or N.
5. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position and hold (up to 10 seconds at
a time) until the engine starts.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page143
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (143,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
Do not try the starter for more than
10 seconds at a time. If the engine
stalls or fails to start, wait 10 seconds
before trying again. Otherwise, you
may damage the starter and drain
the battery.
6. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about 15 seconds. Then perform the
shift operation.
Brake System
qFoot Brake
Your Mazda has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
In extremely cold weather (below 0°C
(32°F)) or after the vehicle has not been
driven in several days, let the engine warm
up without operating the accelerator.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without use of the
accelerator.
The display of the variable red zone in the
tachometer changes according to the
temperature of the engine coolant. To
protect the engine, when the engine coolant
temperature is low, the engine does not run
at high speeds. The fuel supply will be cut
at an rpm lower than the red zone.
Refer to Tachometer on page 5-37.
If the engine does not start the first time,
refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under
Emergency Starting. If the engine still does
not start, have your vehicle inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-18).
5-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page144
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (144,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or
turned off, find a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or
turned off is dangerous. Braking will
require more effort, and the brake's
power-assist could be depleted if you
pump the brake. This will cause
longer stopping distances or even an
accident.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously
on the brake pedal or steadily
applying the brakes for long
distances is dangerous. This causes
overheated brakes, resulting in
longer stopping distances or even
total brake failure. This could cause
loss of vehicle control and a serious
accident. Avoid continuous
application of the brakes.
Dry brakes that have become wet by
driving very slowly and applying the
brakes lightly until brake performance
is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
5-6
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
qParking Brake
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
put the key or start knob to LOCK
position, set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is in P with an
automatic transmission or in 1 or R
with a manual transmission:
Intentionally placing the key or start
knob into LOCK position is much
more important where you will not
be removing the key to leave the
vehicle and because leaving it in
other positions will disable some of
the vehicle security systems and run
the battery down.
Leaving the driver's seat without
putting the ignition switch in LOCK
position, setting the parking brake
and the shift lever is in P with an
automatic transmission or in 1 or R
with a manual transmission is
dangerous. Unexpected vehicle
movement could occur. This could
cause an accident.
CAUTION
Driving with the parking brake on
will cause excessive wear of the brake
linings or pads.
NOTE
For parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving
(page 4-9) regarding parking brake use.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page145
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (145,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Setting the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal and then firmly
pull the parking brake lever fully upwards
with a greater amount of force than is
required so that the vehicle holds in the
stationary position.
qBrake System Warning Light
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It turns off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Releasing the parking brake
Depress the brake pedal and pull the
parking brake lever upwards, then press
the release button. While holding the
button, lower the parking brake lever all
the way down to the released position.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-16).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light goes out have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page146
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (146,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
is about to lock up, the ABS responds by
automatically releasing and reapplying
that wheel's brake.
WARNING
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for
safe driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for
unsafe and reckless driving, excessive
speed, tailgating (following another
vehicle too closely), driving on ice and
snow, and hydroplaning (reduced tire
friction and road contact because of
water on the road surface). You can
still have an accident.
NOTE
l
l
Braking distances may be longer on loose
surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)
which usually have a hard foundation. A
vehicle with a normal braking system may
require less distance to stop under these
conditions because the tires will build up a
wedge of surface layer when the wheels
skid.
The sound of the ABS operating may be
heard when starting the engine or
immediately after starting the vehicle.
However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
qABS Warning Light
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal when the ABS operates. Don't
pump the brakes, continue to press down
on the brake pedal.
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
5-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page147
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (147,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
When the engine is jump-started to charge the
battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light comes on. This is due to a weak
battery, not a malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated at the same time is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
qBrake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a screeching noise
to warn that the pads should be replaced.
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light and the ABS warning light
on at the same time. The problem is likely
to be the electronic brake force
distribution system.
When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
5-9
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page148
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (148,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
WARNING
Do not drive with worn disc pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is
dangerous. The brakes could fail and
cause a serious accident. As soon as
you hear a screeching noise consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Manual Transmission
Operation
l
l
The beep sounds to indicate engine
overrev when the tachometer needle
enters the striped zone.
The display of the variable red zone in
the tachometer changes according to
the temperature of the engine coolant.
To protect the engine, when the engine
coolant temperature is low, the engine
does not run at high speeds. The fuel
supply will be cut at an rpm lower than
the red zone.
Refer to Tachometer on page 5-37.
qManual Transmission Shift Pattern
Neutral position
The shift pattern of the transmission is
conventional, as shown.
Depress the clutch pedal all the way down
while shifting; then release it slowly.
5-10
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page149
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (149,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with a device to
prevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake.
Push the shift lever downward and shift to
R.
CAUTION
Ø Keep your foot off the clutch pedal
except when shifting gears. Also,
don't use the clutch to hold the
vehicle on an upgrade. Riding the
clutch will cause needless clutch
wear and damage.
Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to a
complete stop before shifting to R.
Shifting to R while the vehicle is
still moving may damage the
transmission.
NOTE
WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on
slippery road surfaces or at high
speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or R
position and set the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move
and cause an accident.
If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into
neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try
again.
qRecommendations for Shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration, we recommend
these shift points.
Gear
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
Vehicle speed
23 km/h (14 mph)
35 km/h (22 mph)
47 km/h (29 mph)
58 km/h (36 mph)
74 km/h (46 mph)
For cruising
Gear
1 to 2
2 to 3
3 to 4
4 to 5
5 to 6
Vehicle speed
23 km/h (14 mph)
34 km/h (21 mph)
45 km/h (28 mph)
56 km/h (35 mph)
68 km/h (42 mph)
5-11
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page150
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
reduces the chance of stalling and gives
better acceleration when you need more
speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
5-12
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (150,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page151
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (151,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Automatic Transmission Controls
Various Lockouts:
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition
switch must be in the ACC or ON position).
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
The beep sounds to indicate engine overrev when the tachometer needle enters the striped zone.
The display of the variable red zone in the tachometer changes according to the temperature of the
engine coolant. To protect the engine, when the engine coolant temperature is low, the engine does
not run at high speeds. The fuel supply will be cut at an rpm lower than the red zone.
Refer to Tachometer on page 5-37.
The gear shift-up point may move to the high rpm range temporarily while the engine is warming
up in order to shorten the warming-up period.
This Sport AT has an option that is not included in traditional automatic transmission - giving the
driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transmission to shift gears.
Even if you intend to use the automatic transmission functions as a traditional automatic, you
should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate
gear may be retained as you change speeds. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear
the engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-15).
5-13
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page152
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (152,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTransmission Ranges
The shift lever must be in P or N to
operate the starter.
P (Park)
P locks the transmission and prevents the
rear wheels from rotating.
WARNING
Always set the shift lever to P and set
the parking brake:
Only setting the shift lever to the P
position without using the parking
brake to hold the vehicle is
dangerous. If P fails to hold, the
vehicle could move and cause an
accident.
CAUTION
Ø Shifting into P, N or R while the
vehicle is moving can damage
your transmission.
Ø Shifting into a driving gear or
reverse when the engine is running
faster than idle can damage the
transmission.
R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).
N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transmission are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
5-14
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle,
do not shift from N or P into a driving
gear:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P
into a driving gear when the engine
is running faster than idle. If this is
done, the vehicle could move
suddenly, causing an accident or
serious injury.
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle:
Shifting into N while driving is
dangerous. Engine braking cannot be
applied when decelerating which
could lead to an accident or serious
injury.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause
transmission damage.
NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the brake
pedal before moving the shift lever from N to
prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transmission will automatically
shift through a 6-gear sequence.
Temporary use of the direct mode is
possible.
M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the shift lever or steering shift
switches.
Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-15).
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page153
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (153,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
automatically controls the transmission
shift points to best suit the road conditions
and driver input. This optimizes engine
performance and improves driving
comfort. When cornering the vehicle,
AAS mode will hold the transmission in
the gear the vehicle was in before entering
the curve, allowing the vehicle to be
accelerated from the same gear after
exiting the curve.
If the driver accelerates rapidly, or
accelerates and decelerates rapidly by
operating the accelerator and brake pedal
for a certain period of time while the
selector lever is in the D position, AAS
mode could activate. When this occurs,
AAS mode will maintain the transmission
in the optimum gear and the driver may
sense that the transmission is not shifting,
however this does not indicate an
abnormality.
NOTE
l
l
l
When the ignition switch is in the LOCK
position, the shift lever cannot be shifted
from P.
To be sure the vehicle is in park, the
ignition key cannot be removed unless the
shift lever is in P.
(With Advanced Key)
The ignition switch cannot be turned from
the ACC to the LOCK position when the
shift lever is not in P.
qManual Shift Mode
This mode gives you the feel of driving a
manual transmission vehicle by operating
the shift lever and allows you to control
engine rpm and torque to the rear wheels
much like a manual transmission when
more control is desired.
To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.
qShift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting
out of P unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Move the shift lever.
To return to automatic shift mode, shift
the lever from M to D.
NOTE
If you change to manual shift mode when the
vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift to M1.
5-15
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page154
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (154,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Indicators
Shift position indicator
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indicator in the instrument panel
illuminates.
Manually Shifting up
(M1→M2→M3→M4→M5→M6)
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shift
lever back ( ) once.
Gear position indicator
The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
Gear position
indicator
Shift position
indicator
To shift up to a higher gear with the
steering shift switches, tap either of the
UP switches toward you once with your
fingers.
Up switches
NOTE
If the gears cannot be shifted down when
driving at higher speeds, the gear position
indicator will flash twice to signal that the
gears cannot be shifted down.
Shifting
You can shift gears up and down by
operating the shift lever or the steering
shift switches.
NOTE
l
l
If the steering shift switches on both sides
(left and right) are operated simultaneously,
the gear will shift once.
The gear will not shift if:
The steering shift switch and the shift
lever are operated simultaneously.
The UP switch and DOWN switch are
operated simultaneously.
l
l
5-16
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
WARNING
Keep your hands on the steering wheel
rim when using fingers or thumbs on
the steering shift switches:
Putting your hands inside the rim of
the steering wheel when using the
steering shift switches is dangerous.
If the driver air bag were to deploy in
a collision, your hands could be
impacted causing injury.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page155
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (155,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
l
l
l
When driving slowly, the gears may not
shift up depending on vehicle speed.
In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up
automatically. Don't run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. If the
tachometer needle enters the RED ZONE,
you may feel engine-braking because the
fuel delivery will be stopped to protect the
engine. However, this does not indicate an
abnormality.
When depressing the accelerator fully, the
transmission will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.
To shift down to a lower gear with the
steering shift switches, press either of the
DOWN switches away from you once
with your thumb.
DOWN switches
Manually Shifting down
(M6→M5→M4→M3→M2→M1)
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shift
lever forward ( ) once.
WARNING
Do not use engine braking on slippery
road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet,
snowy, or frozen roads, or while
driving at high speeds causes sudden
engine braking, which is dangerous.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
Keep your hands on the steering wheel
rim when using fingers or thumbs on
the steering shift switches:
Putting your hands inside the rim of
the steering wheel when using the
steering shift switches is dangerous.
If the driver air bag were to deploy in
a collision, your hands could be
impacted causing injury.
5-17
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page156
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (156,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
l
l
l
When driving at high speeds, the gear may
not shift down depending on vehicle speed.
During deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending on
vehicle speed.
When depressing the accelerator fully, the
transmission will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed.
Second gear fixed mode
When the shift lever is tapped back ( )
while the vehicle is stopped, the
transmission is set in the second gear
fixed mode. The gear is fixed in second
while in this mode for easier starting and
driving on slippery roads. If the shift lever
is tapped back ( ) or forward ( ) while
in the second gear fixed mode, the mode
will be canceled.
Shifting specification
Shifting up
If the vehicle speed is lower than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted up to a higher gear.
Gear
M1→M2
M2→M3
M3→M4
M4→M5
M5→M6
Vehicle speed
Between 0 and 18 km/h
(0 and 11 mph), depending on how
much the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Between 20 and 33 km/h
(13 and 21 mph), depending on how
much the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Between 30 and 33 km/h
(19 and 21 mph), depending on how
much the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
43 km/h (27 mph)
65 km/h (41 mph)
5-18
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Shifting down
If the vehicle speed is higher than the
speed specified for each gear, the gear
cannot be shifted down to a lower gear.
Gear
M6→M5
M5→M4
M4→M3
M3→M2
M2→M1
Vehicle speed
210 km/h (130 mph)
175 km/h (108 mph)
Between 122 and 135 km/h
(75 and 83 mph), depending on how
much the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
Between 77 and 90 km/h
(47 and 59 mph), depending on how
much the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
30 km/h (18 mph)
During deceleration, the gears shift down
automatically when speed is reduced to
the following:
Gear
M6→M5
M5→M4
M4→M3
M3→M2
M2→M1
Vehicle speed
60 km/h (37 mph)
40 km/h (24 mph)
26 km/h (16 mph)
18 km/h (11 mph)
12 km/h (7 mph)
NOTE
The gear does not shift down to M1
automatically while in the second gear fixed
mode.
If the vehicle is kicked down at the
following speeds or lower, the gears shift
down automatically:
Gear
M6→M5
M6→M4
M5→M4
Vehicle speed
210 km/h (130 mph)
175 km/h (108 mph)
175 km/h (108 mph)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page157
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (157,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Recommendations for shifting
qDirect Mode
Upshifting
For normal acceleration, we recommend
these shift points.
Direct mode can be used for temporarily
switching gears by operating the steering
shift switch while the vehicle is being
driven with the selector lever in the D
range.
While in direct mode, the D and M
indicator lights illuminate and the gear
position in use is illuminated.
Direct mode is canceled (released) under
the following conditions.
l The vehicle is driven at a constant
speed.
l The needle in the tachometer
approaches the red zone.
l The vehicle is driven at a constant
speed and the accelerator pedal is
heavily depressed.
l The vehicle is stopped or moving at a
slow speed.
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
M4 to M5
M5 to M6
Vehicle speed
19 km/h (12 mph)
35 km/h (22 mph)
47 km/h (29 mph)
58 km/h (36 mph)
78 km/h (49 mph)
For cruising
Gear
M1 to M2
M2 to M3
M3 to M4
M4 to M5
M5 to M6
Vehicle speed
5 km/h (3 mph)
30 km/h (19 mph)
40 km/h (25 mph)
50 km/h (31 mph)
67 km/h (42 mph)
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
gives better acceleration when you need
more speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
Direct mode indicator
Gear position indicator
5-19
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page158
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (158,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Shifting up and down while in direct mode may
not be possible depending on the vehicle
speed. In addition, because direct mode is
canceled (released) depending on the rate of
acceleration or if the accelerator is fully
depressed, use of the manual shift mode is
recommended if you need to drive the vehicle
in a particular gear for long periods.
qDriving Tips
Passing
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transmission will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
Power Steering
Power steering is only operable when the
engine is running. If the engine is off or if
the power steering system is inoperable,
you can still steer, but it requires more
physical effort.
If the steering feels stiffer than usual
during normal driving, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
The steering may feel rigid if you continuously
attempt to steer when the vehicle is stopped or
moving extremely slowly. This has been
designed to protect the system and doesn't
indicate a malfunction. If you don't attempt to
steer for a minute, power steering will be
restored.
qPower Steering Malfunction
Indicator Light
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
3. Release the brake pedal while
gradually accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight
and grade steepness. Descend slowly,
using the brakes only occasionally to
prevent them from overheating.
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
If this light illuminates while driving, it
indicates a malfunction of the power
steering system. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
5-20
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page159
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (159,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
The power steering system is inoperable when
the power steering malfunction indicator light
illuminates. Steering is possible, but requires
more physical effort.
Cruise Control
With cruise control, you can set and
automatically maintain any speed of more
than about 30 km/h (19 mph).
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control under the
following conditions:
Using the cruise control under the
following conditions is dangerous
and could result in loss of vehicle
control.
Ø Hilly terrain
Ø Steep inclines
Ø Heavy or unsteady traffic
Ø Slippery or winding roads
Ø Similar restrictions that require
inconsistent speed
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)
The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON/OFF switch is pressed and
the cruise control system is activated.
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
5-21
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page160
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (160,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qActivation/Deactivation
To activate the system, press the ON/OFF
switch.
The cruise main indicator light
illuminates.
3. Press down the cruise control SET/switch and release it at the speed you
want. Release the accelerator at the
same time.
To deactivate the system, press the switch
again.
The cruise main indicator light turns off.
Cruise
control
switch
Don't continue to hold the switch. Until
you release it, speed will continue to drop
(unless you continue to accelerate) and
you'll miss the desired speed.
NOTE
WARNING
Keep the ON/OFF switch off when
cruise control is not in use:
Leaving the ON/OFF switch on when
not using the cruise control is
dangerous as you may hit one of the
other buttons and put the vehicle in
cruise control unexpectedly. This
could result in loss of vehicle control.
qTo Set Speed
1. Activate the cruise control system by
pressing the ON/OFF switch.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).
5-22
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
l
l
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down going up or speed
up while going down.
Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speed
drops below 30 km/h (19 mph) when cruise
is activated, such as when climbing a steep
grade.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page161
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (161,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTo Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
To increase speed using cruise control
switch
Press up the cruise control RES/+ switch
and hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the switch at the speed you want.
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate
to the desired speed.
Press down the cruise control SET/switch and release it immediately.
Cruise
control
switch
Cruise
control
switch
NOTE
Your vehicle has a tap-up feature that
allows you to increase your current speed
in increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control RES/
+ switch. Multiple taps will increase your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on. Greater speed
will not interfere with or change the set speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator to return to
the set speed.
qTo Decrease Cruising Speed
Press down the cruise control SET/switch and hold it. The vehicle will
gradually slow.
Release the switch at the speed you want.
Cruise
control
switch
5-23
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page162
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (162,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Your vehicle has a tap-down feature that
allows you to decrease your current speed
in decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by a
momentary tap of the cruise control SET/switch. Multiple taps will decrease your
vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each
tap.
l
Press the CANCEL button.
qTo Resume Cruising Speed at
More Than 30 km/h (19 mph)
If some other method besides the ON/
OFF switch was used to cancel cruising
speed (such as applying the brake pedal)
and the system is still activated, the most
recent set speed will automatically resume
when the cruise control RES/+ switch is
pressed up.
If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30
km/h (19 mph) and press up the cruise
control RES/+ switch.
Cruise
control
switch
qTo Cancel
To cancel the system, use one of these
methods:
l Press the ON/OFF switch.
l Slightly depress the brake pedal.
l Depress the clutch pedal (Manual
transmission only).
5-24
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The system is off when the ignition is
switched off.
NOTE
Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9
mph) below the preset speed (such as may
happen when climbing a long, steep grade).
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page163
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (163,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Traction Control System
(TCS) í
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by
controlling engine torque and braking.
When the TCS detects driving wheel
slippage, it lowers engine torque and
operates the brakes to prevent loss of
traction.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels
without causing them to spin and lose
traction.
WARNING
Do not rely on the traction control
system as a substitute for safe driving:
The traction control system (TCS)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
l
l
In addition to the indicator light flashing, a
slight lugging sound will come from the
engine. This indicates that the TCS is
operating properly.
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, it
will be impossible to achieve high rpm
when the TCS is on.
Use snow tires or tire chains and drive
at reduced speeds when roads are
covered with ice and/or snow:
Driving without proper traction
devices on snow and/or ice-covered
roads is dangerous. The traction
control system (TCS) alone cannot
provide adequate traction and you
could still have an accident.
NOTE
To turn off the TCS, press the DSC OFF switch
(page 5-27).
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
5-25
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page164
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (164,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC) í
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such
as ABS and TCS to help control side slip
when driving on slippery surfaces, or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
Refer to ABS (page 5-8) and TCS (page
5-25).
WARNING
Do not rely on the dynamic stability
control as a substitute for safe driving:
The dynamic stability control (DSC)
cannot compensate for unsafe and
reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle
too closely), and hydroplaning
(reduced tire friction and road
contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an
accident.
CAUTION
Ø The DSC may not operate correctly
unless the following are observed:
Ø Use tires of the correct size
specified for your Mazda on all
four wheels.
Ø Use tires of the same
manufacturer, brand and tread
pattern on all four wheels.
Ø Do not mix worn tires.
Ø The DSC may not operate correctly
when tire chains are used or a
temporary spare tire is installed
because the tire diameter changes.
Ø If repair or replacement of the
steering or other surrounding
equipment is necessary, have it
done at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer. If the center position of the
steering deviates, the DSC may not
operate correctly because there is
a sensor in the steering which
detects driving conditions.
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-26
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page165
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (165,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qDSC OFF Indicator Light
qDSC OFF Switch
Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the
TCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator light
will illuminate.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-27).
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
Press the switch again to turn the TCS/
DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicator
light will go out.
NOTE
If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is
replaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In this
case, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes and
the TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.
To make the DSC operable, do the following
procedure with the battery connected.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turn
it counterclockwise fully.
3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator go off.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF
position, then turn it to the ON position
again.
5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator light
goes off.
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSC
OFF indicator light remain illuminated even
after turning the ignition switch to the ON
position, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-27
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page166
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
l
l
l
l
When DSC is on and you attempt to free the
vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out of
freshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of the
DSC system) will activate. Depressing the
accelerator will not increase engine power
and freeing the vehicle may be difficult.
When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.
If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine is
turned off, it automatically activates when
the ignition switch is turned on.
Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide the
best stability. When the TCS/DSC is off, the
TCS/DSC does not activate but the brake
LSD (Limited Slip Differentials) function
remains.
If the DSC OFF switch is pressed and held
for a second or more, the TCS/DSC system
may become inoperative due to the system
detecting switch trouble. If the TCS/DSC
system becomes inoperative, the TCS/DSC
and the DSC OFF indicator lights
illuminate simultaneously. In this case, turn
off the engine and restart it to restore the
TCS/DSC.
5-28
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (166,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page167
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (167,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System í
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.
If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via the
warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to
the receiver unit in the vehicle.
Tire pressure sensors
NOTE
When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.
When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning light
may illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tire
pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tire
pressure gauge is recommended.
TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires
regularly.
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
5-29
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page168
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (168,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
CAUTION
Ø Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold
and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those
tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one
or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it
is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.
When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately
one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will
continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow
the TPMS to continue to function properly.
Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating a
problem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or
blow out.
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
5-30
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page169
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (169,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again, an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
5-31
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page170
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (170,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
NOTE
l
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
l
l
5-32
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may go
out if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to go out. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it goes out.
Tires can loose a little air quite naturally
over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the
tires are getting too soft over time or you
have a flat. However, when you find one
low tire in a set of four - that is an
indication of trouble; you should have
someone drive the vehicle slowly forward
so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and
any metal sticking through tread or
sidewall. Put a few drops of water in the
valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a
bad valve. Leaks need to be addressed by
more than simply refilling the trouble tire as
leaks are dangerous - take it to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the
equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems and
order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page171
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (171,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture.
Vehicles with Instant Mobility System
(IMS) emergency flat tire repair kit
l
l
If an emergency tire repair is needed,
repair the punctured tire with the
emergency flat tire repair kit (page 7-5).
l
CAUTION
Do not use non-genuine tire sealant.
It may damage the tire pressure
sensor.
Vehicles with optional temporary spare
tire
If you have bought the optional temporary
spare tire, replace the punctured tire with
the temporary spare tire . Refer to the
manufacturer's instructions.
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When a metallic device such as a nongenuine navigation system is equipped
near the center of the dashboard, which
may block radio signals from the tire
pressure sensor to the receiver unit.
When using the following devices in
the vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
A digital device such as a personal
computer.
A current converter device such as a
DC-AC converter.
When excess snow or ice adheres to
the vehicle, especially around the
wheels.
When the tire pressure sensor batteries
are exhausted.
When using a wheel with no tire
pressure sensor installed.
When using tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the side walls.
When using tire chains.
l
l
l
l
l
l
qTires and Wheels
CAUTION
When inspecting or adjusting the tire
air pressures, do not apply excessive
force to the stem part of the wheel
unit. The stem part could be
damaged.
Changing tires and wheels
qSystem Error Activation
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in
the following cases:
l When there is equipment or a device
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
The following procedure allows the
TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor's
unique ID signal code whenever tires or
wheels are changed, such as changing to
and from winter tires.
5-33
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page172
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (172,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Starting and Driving
NOTE
Replacing tires and wheels
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID
signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can work.
The easiest way to do it is to have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and
complete ID signal code registration.
CAUTION
Ø When replacing/repairing the tires
or wheels or both, have the work
done by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer, or the tire pressure sensors
may be damaged.
Ø The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed for
installation of the tire pressure
sensors. Do not use non-genuine
wheels, otherwise it may not be
possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
Tire pressure sensor ID signal code
registration is completed when an
Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your
vehicle's tires.
When changing tires yourself
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
1. After tires have been changed, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position, then
turn it back to the ACC or LOCK
position.
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code will be
registered automatically.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installations are possible.
l The tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
l The same tire pressure sensor is used
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.
l A new tire pressure sensor is installed
to a new wheel.
NOTE
l
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes
of changing tires, the tire pressure monitoring
system warning light will flash because the
sensor ID signal code would not have been
registered. If this happens, park the vehicle for
about 15 minutes, after which the sensor ID
signal code will register upon driving the
vehicle for 10 minutes.
5-34
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
l
The tire pressure sensor ID signal code
must be registered when a new tire pressure
sensor is purchased. For purchase of a tire
pressure sensor and registration of the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When reinstalling a previously removed tire
pressure sensor to a wheel, replace the
grommet (seal between valve body/sensor
and wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page173
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (173,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Meters and Gauges
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the dashboard gauges illuminate.
Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-36
Speed Unit Selector ........................................................................................... page 5-36
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-36
Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-37
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-38
Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-38
5-35
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page174
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (174,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
qSpeedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle.
qSpeed Unit Selector
In some countries, you may have to
change the speed units between km/h and
mph.
Press the speed unit selector for 2 second
or more.
The speed units for the speedometer will
change between km/h and mph.
qOdometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
The display mode can be changed
between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the selector while one of them is
displayed. The selected mode will be
displayed.
Trip meter selector
Trip meter
Speed unit selector
Odometer
Speedometer
Trip meter A
NOTE
Odometer and trip meter distance units will
change between kilometers and miles in
accordance with the speed unit.
Odometer
Press the selector
Trip meter B
Odometer
Press the selector
5-36
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page175
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (175,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
NOTE
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
LOCK position, the odometer or trip meters
cannot be displayed, however, pressing the
selector button can inadvertently switch the
trip meters or reset them during an
approximate ten-minute period in the following
cases:
l After the ignition switch is turned to the
ACC or LOCK position from the ON
position.
l After the driver's door is opened.
Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
NOTE
l
l
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
The trip record will be erased when:
The power supply is interrupted (blown
fuse or the battery is disconnected).
The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km
(mile).
l
l
qTachometer
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
Automatic transmission
Striped zone
Variable red zones
Red zone
The trip meter can record the total
distance of two trips. One is recorded in
trip meter A, and the other is recorded in
trip meter B.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
Manual transmission
When trip meter A is selected, pressing
the selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
Variable red zones
Striped zone
Red zone
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by holding
the selector depressed for 1 second or
more. Use this meter to measure trip
distances and to compute fuel
consumption.
5-37
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page176
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (176,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
CAUTION
Don't run the engine with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
NOTE
l
l
The beep sounds to indicate engine overrev
when the tachometer needle enters the
striped zone.
The display of the variable red zone in the
tachometer changes according to the
temperature of the engine coolant. To
protect the engine, when the engine coolant
temperature is low, the engine does not run
at high speeds. The fuel supply will be cut
at an rpm lower than the red zone.
qFuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is remaining in the tank when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4
full. When the low fuel warning light
illuminates or when the needle is near E,
refuel as soon as possible.
qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge
The engine coolant temperature gauge
shows the temperature of the engine
coolant.
Low fuel warning light
NOTE
l
l
After refueling, it may require some time for
the needle to stabilize. In addition, the
needle may deviate while driving on a slope
or curve since the fuel moves in the tank.
The direction of the arrow (
) shows that
the fuel-filler lid is on the left side of the
vehicle.
qDashboard Illumination
Rotate the thumb wheel to adjust the
brightness of the instrument cluster and
other illuminations in the dashboard.
If the needle is near H, it indicates
overheating.
NOTE
l
CAUTION
Driving with an overheated engine
can cause serious engine damage
(page 7-16).
5-38
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
l
The brightness of dashboard illuminations
(except instrument cluster) can be adjusted
or
when the headlight switch is in the
position.
The brightness of the instrument cluster
illumination can be adjusted when the
headlight switch is in any position.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page177
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (177,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Instrument Cluster and Indicators
Bright
Dim
Canceling the illumination dimmer
When the headlight switch is in the or
position, the illumination of the
instrument cluster and the information
display dims .
When driving on snowy or foggy roads,
or in other situations when the instrument
cluster or information display's visibility
is reduced due to glare from surrounding
brightness, cancel the illumination
dimmer and increase the illumination
intensity.
To cancel the illumination dimmer, rotate
the thumb wheel upward fully. You may
hear a click sound and the illumination
dimmer will be canceled .
NOTE
If the dashboard illumination switch is kept at
the illumination dimmer cancel position, the
instrument cluster and the information display
will not dim when the headlight switch is
turned to the
or
position again.
5-39
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page178
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (178,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Warning/Indicator Lights
Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Brake System Warning Light
5-42
Charging System Warning Light
5-43
Engine Oil Level Warning Light
5-43
Engine Coolant Level Warning Light
5-44
Check Engine Light
5-45
ABS Warning Light
5-42
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
5-45
Low Fuel Warning Light
5-46
Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep
5-46
5-40
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page179
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (179,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Signal
Warning/Indicator Lights
Page
Door-Ajar Warning Light
5-47
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light
5-47
Automatic Transmission Warning Light
5-48
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light
5-48
KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green)
5-50
Security Indicator Light
5-51
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
5-52
Shift Position Indicator Light
5-52
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
5-53
DSC OFF Indicator Light
5-53
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
5-53
Light-On Indicator Light
5-54
Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light
5-54
Headlight Auto-Leveling Malfunction Indicator Light
5-54
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights
5-54
5-41
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page180
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (180,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qBrake System Warning Light
NOTE
Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an
indicator of leakage. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the
brake light is no longer illuminated.
WARNING
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning
The light comes on when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition switch
in the START or ON position. It turns off
when the parking brake is fully released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the light stays on after the parking brake
is fully released, you may have a brake
problem.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way.
Do not drive with the brake system
warning light illuminated. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system
warning light illuminated is
dangerous. It indicates that your
brakes may not work at all or that
they could completely fail at any
time. If this light remains
illuminated, after checking that the
parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
qABS Warning Light
You may notice that the pedal is harder to
push or that it may go closer to the floor.
In either case, it will take longer to stop
the vehicle.
1. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (page 8-16).
2. After adding fluid, check the light
again.
If the warning light remains on, or if the
brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. Have it towed to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Even if the light goes out have your brake
system inspected as soon as possible by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-42
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
If the ABS warning light stays on while
you're driving, the ABS control unit has
detected a system malfunction. If this
occurs, your brakes will function normally
as if the vehicle had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page181
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (181,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
NOTE
qCharging System Warning Light
When the engine is jump-started to charge the
battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light comes on. This is due to a weak
battery, not a malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
qElectronic Brake Force
Distribution System Warning
If the electronic brake force distribution
control unit determines that some
components are operating incorrectly, the
control unit may turn the brake system
warning light and the ABS warning light
on at the same time. The problem is likely
to be the electronic brake force
distribution system.
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning
light and brake warning light
illuminated. Have the vehicle towed to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have
the brakes inspected as soon as
possible:
Driving when the brake system
warning light and ABS warning light
are illuminated at the same time is
dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the
rear wheels could lock more quickly
in an emergency stop than under
normal circumstances.
This warning light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and turns off when the engine is
started.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving, it indicates a malfunction of the
alternator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off
the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Don't continue driving when the
charging system warning light is
illuminated because the engine could
stop unexpectedly.
qEngine Oil Level Warning Light
This warning light indicates a low engine
oil level while the engine is running by
briefly flashing the light and then fully
illuminating it.
If there is a problem with the system, the
light flashes continuously.
5-43
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page182
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (182,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
NOTE
NOTE
When the engine oil level is low, the warning
beep is also heard while the engine oil level
warning light is flashing.
Refer to Engine Oil Level Warning Beep on
page 5-55.
The Mazda RX-8 requires regular checking of
the engine oil level. The compact, high
performance RENESIS rotary engine in your
vehicle consumes a small amount of engine oil
due to its structural design. An oil pump
optimizes the amount of oil injected to
lubricate the rotor seals in the combustion
cycle. Although your vehicle is equipped with
an engine oil level warning light, it is best to
keep the engine oil level in the range between
full and low by checking the oil dipstick
regularly. Mazda recommends checking the oil
level at every second fuel filling. The oil
consumption of the engine depends on engine
speed and engine load. Under extreme driving
conditions, oil consumption can be higher.
If the light flashes and then illuminates
If the light illuminates while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way.
2. Turn off the engine and inspect the
engine oil level (page 8-13). If it's low,
add oil.
3. Check the light.
If the engine oil level warning light is
illuminated and you are unable to
immediately add engine oil, do not drive
at high speed, keep the engine speed low
and get to a location where oil can be
added as soon as possible. We recommend
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add oil, have your vehicle checked at
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Don't run the engine if the oil level is
low. It could result in extensive
engine damage.
If the light flashes continuously
If the warning light continues to flash, do
not drive at high speeds, drive the vehicle
at low engine rpm, and have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the
system.
NOTE
If the engine is turned off while the oil level
indicator is flashing due to a system
malfunction, it may take a few minutes until the
indicator starts flashing again after the engine
is started.
qEngine Coolant Level Warning Light
This warning light indicates low engine
coolant level.
5-44
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page183
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (183,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the light illuminates while driving:
l
1. Drive to the side of the road and park
off the right-of-way.
l
2. Turn off the engine and inspect the
engine coolant level (page 8-14). If it's
low, add engine coolant.
The emission control system has a
problem.
The fuel-filler cap is missing or not
tightened securely.
3. Check the light.
If the check engine light remains on or
flashes continuously, do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
If the light remains illuminated even after
you add engine coolant, have your vehicle
towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Light
CAUTION
Don't run the engine if the engine
coolant level is low. It could result in
extensive engine damage.
qCheck Engine Light
If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system is working properly, the warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position or after the
engine is cranked. The warning light turns
off after a specified period of time.
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
If this light comes on while driving, the
vehicle may have a problem. It is
important to note the driving conditions
when the light came on and consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system malfunction is indicated if the
warning light constantly flashes,
constantly illuminates or does not
illuminate at all when the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position. If any of
these occur, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible. The system
may not work in an accident.
The check engine light may come on in
the following cases:
l The fuel tank level being very low or
approaching empty.
l The engine's electrical system has a
problem.
5-45
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page184
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (184,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/
pretensioner systems and always have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the
systems is dangerous. An air bag/
pretensioner could accidentally
activate or become disabled causing
serious injury or death.
qLow Fuel Warning Light
Conditions of operation
Condition
The driver's seat belt is not
fastened when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened while the warning
light and the beep sound are
activated.
The driver's seat belt is
fastened before the ignition
switch is turned to the ON
position.
Result
The warning light
flashes and a beep
sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
The warning light
turns off and the beep
sound stops.
The warning light will
not illuminate and the
beep sound will not be
heard.
Belt minder
NOTE
The belt minder can be deactivated. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate and
restore the seat belt minder.
Low fuel warning light
This warning light in the fuel gauge
signals that the fuel tank will soon be
empty.
Refuel as soon as possible.
qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep
Driver seated/Front passenger not
seated
The belt minder is a supplemental
warning to the seat belt warning function.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, the warning light/beep
operates to give you further reminders
according to the chart below.
Condition
Seat belt
The seat belt warning light illuminates
and a beep sound will be heard if the
driver's seat belt is not fastened when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
5-46
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page185
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (185,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
Driver seated/Front passenger seated
The seat belt warning function reminds
the front passenger to fasten the seat belt
according to the chart below.
Condition
Vehicle speed
Between 0 ― 20
20 km/h
km/h
(12 mph) or
(0 ― 12 mph)
more
Seat belt
(Driver)
Seat belt
(Passenger)
NOTE
l
l
To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on the
front passenger seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
When a small child sits on the front
passenger seat, it is possible that neither
the warning light nor the warning beep
operate.
qDoor-Ajar Warning Light
Indicator
Beep
: Fastened
: Unfastened
: Illuminated
: Flashing
: Beep
Placing heavy items on the front
passenger seat may cause the front
passenger seat belt warning function to
operate depending on the weight of the
item.
This warning light illuminates when any
door or the trunk is not securely closed.
Close the door or the trunk securely
before driving the vehicle.
qLow Washer Fluid Level
Warning Light í
Once the beep sound is heard, it continues
sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers
to 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until the
seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound
period has passed.
This warning light indicates that little
washer fluid remains. Add fluid (page
8-17).
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
5-47
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page186
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (186,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qAutomatic Transmission Warning
Light
This warning light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
The light illuminates when the
transmission has a problem.
CAUTION
If the automatic transmission
warning light illuminates, the
transmission has an electrical
problem. Continuing to drive your
Mazda in this condition could cause
damage to your transmission.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer
as soon as possible.
qTire Pressure Monitoring System
Warning Light í
This warning light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the warning light illuminates
and a beep is heard when tire pressure is
too low in one or more tires, and flashes
when there is a system malfunction.
5-48
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes, or
the tire pressure warning beep sound is
heard, decrease vehicle speed
immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system
warning light illuminates or flashes,
or the tire pressure warning beep
sound is heard, it is dangerous to
drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or
braking. Vehicle drivability could
worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak
or a flat, pull over to a safe position
where you can check the visual
condition of the tire and determine if
you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and
the system monitored again, an
Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire
repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is
dangerous, even if you know why it is
illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it
develops into a more serious
situation that could lead to tire
failure and a dangerous accident.
Warning light illuminates/Warning
beep sounds
When the warning light illuminates, and
the warning beep sound is heard (about 3
seconds), tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page187
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (187,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire
pressure. Refer to the specification charts
(page 10-6).
NOTE
l
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
l
l
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the
tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary
according to the tire temperature, therefore
let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive
it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting
the tire pressures. When pressure is
adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation
pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep may
turn on after the tires cool and pressure
drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,
resulting from the tire air pressure dropping
due to cold ambient temperature, may go
out if the ambient temperature rises. In this
case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning
light illuminates due to a drop in tire air
pressure, make sure to check and adjust the
tire air pressures.
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may
require some time for the TPMS warning
light to go out. If the TPMS warning light
remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a
speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10
minutes, and then verify that it goes out.
Tires can loose a little air quite naturally
over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the
tires are getting too soft over time or you
have a flat. However, when you find one
low tire in a set of four - that is an
indication of trouble; you should have
someone drive the vehicle slowly forward
so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and
any metal sticking through tread or
sidewall. Put a few drops of water in the
valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a
bad valve. Leaks need to be addressed by
more than simply refilling the trouble tire as
leaks are dangerous - take it to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the
equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems and
order the best replacement tire for your
vehicle.
5-49
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page188
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (188,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
If the warning light illuminates again even
after the tire pressures are adjusted, there
may be a tire puncture.
qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY
Indicator Light (Green) (with
Advanced Key)
Vehicles with Instant Mobility System
(IMS) emergency flat tire repair kit
If an emergency tire repair is needed,
repair the punctured tire with the
emergency flat tire repair kit (page 7-5).
CAUTION
Do not use non-genuine tire sealant.
It may damage the tire pressure
sensor.
Vehicles with optional temporary spare
tire
If you have bought the optional temporary
spare tire, replace the punctured tire with
the temporary spare tire . Refer to the
manufacturer's instructions.
NOTE
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used.
Warning light flashes
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
5-50
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
This indicator has two colors.
KEY Warning Light (Red)
When illuminated
l When the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position, it illuminates
momentarily and then goes out.
l If any malfunction occurs in the
advanced keyless system, it illuminates
continuously.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY
warning light illuminated:
If the KEY warning light remains
illuminated, do not continue to drive
using the advanced key system. Park
the vehicle in a safe place and use
the auxiliary key to continue driving
the vehicle. Have the vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page189
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (189,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
When flashing
l Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) flashes to
inform the driver that the start knob
will not rotate to the ACC position
even if it is pushed in from the LOCK
position.
The advanced key battery is dead.
The advanced key is not within
operational range.
The advanced key is placed in areas
where it is difficult for the system to
detect the signal (page 3-7).
A key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key is in the
operational range.
l Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) will flash
continuously when the start knob has
not been returned to the LOCK
position to notify the driver that the
advanced key has been removed from
the vehicle. It will stop flashing when
the advanced key is back inside the
vehicle.
The start knob has not been returned
to the LOCK position, the driver's
door is open, and the advanced key
is removed from the vehicle.
The start knob has not been returned
to the LOCK position and all the
doors are closed after removing the
advanced key from the vehicle.
KEY Indicator Light (Green)
NOTE
This indicator light starts flashing every 2
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
from the ON to the ACC position and the
immobilizer system is armed.
l
l
l
l
l
When illuminated
When the start knob is pushed in from the
LOCK position, the system confirms that
the correct advanced key is inside the
vehicle, the KEY indicator light (green)
illuminates, and the start knob can be
turned to the ACC position (page 3-9).
When flashing
When the advanced key battery power is
low, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30
seconds after the start knob is turned from
the ON position to the ACC or LOCK
position. Replace with a new battery
before the advanced key becomes
unusable (page 3-6).
NOTE
The advanced key can be set so that the KEY
indicator light (green) does not flash even if
the battery power is low.
Refer to Setting Change (Function
Customization)(page 3-19).
qSecurity Indicator Light
l
The flashing KEY warning light (red) and the
beep sound operate simultaneously (page
3-20).
5-51
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page190
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (190,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
The light stops flashing when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position with
the correct ignition key.
At this time, the immobilizer system is
disarmed and the light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes out.
qShift Position Indicator Light
(Automatic Transmission)
This indicates the selected shift position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
If the engine doesn't start with the correct
ignition key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or flashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qHeadlight High-Beam Indicator
Light
This light indicates one of two things:
l The high-beam headlights are on.
l The turn signal lever is in the flash-topass position.
Gear position indicator
Gear position indicator
The gear position indicator displays the
gear in use while in either manual shift or
direct mode.
5-52
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page191
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (191,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
qTCS/DSC Indicator Light í
NOTE
If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is
replaced, the DSC will be inoperable. In this
case, the DSC OFF indicator light flashes and
the TCS/DSC indicator light illuminates.
To make the DSC operable, do the following
procedure with the battery connected.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position. If the TCS or DSC is
operating, the indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC may
have a malfunction and they may not
operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qDSC OFF Indicator Light í
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
It also comes on when the DSC OFF
switch is pressed and TCS/DSC is
switched off (page 5-27).
If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC is
not switched off, take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamic
stability control may have a malfunction.
2. Turn the steering clockwise fully, then turn
it counterclockwise fully.
3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicator go off.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF
position, then turn it to the ON position
again.
5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicator light
goes off.
If the TCS/DSC indicator light and the DSC
OFF indicator light remain illuminated even
after turning the ignition switch to the ON
position, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qCruise Main Indicator Light
(Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator
Light (Green)
The indicator light has two colors.
Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)
The indicator light illuminates amber
when the ON/OFF switch is pressed and
the cruise control system is activated.
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
5-53
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page192
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (192,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)
The indicator light illuminates green when
a cruising speed has been set.
qHeadlight Auto-Leveling
Malfunction Indicator Light í
qLight-On Indicator Light
This indicator light comes on when the
exterior lights and dashboard illumination
are on.
qPower Steering Malfunction
Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on far a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the indicator light will
illuminate when the headlight autoleveling system has a malfunction.
If the indicator light illuminates, contact
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qTurn-Signal/Hazard Warning
Indicator Lights
This indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and goes off when the engine is
started.
If this light illuminates while driving, it
indicates a malfunction of the power
steering system. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
The power steering system is inoperable when
the power steering malfunction indicator light
illuminates. Steering is possible, but requires
more physical effort.
5-54
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
When operating the turn signal lights, the
left or right turn signal indicator light
flashes to indicate which turn signal light
is operating (page 5-59).
When operating the hazard warning
lights, both turn signal indicator lights
flash (page 5-66).
NOTE
If an indicator light remains illuminated (does
not flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page193
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (193,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds
Beep Sounds
qSeat Belt Warning Beep
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, a beep sound will be heard
for about 6 seconds.
If the driver or the front passenger's seat
belt is not fastened and the vehicle is
driven at a speed faster than about 20
km/h (12 mph), a beep sound will be
heard again for a specified period of time.
Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep on
page 5-46.
qIgnition Key Reminder
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or
ACC position with the key inserted, a
continuous beep sound will be heard
when the driver's door is opened.
qLights-On Reminder í
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
NOTE
qTire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beep í
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds when there is any
abnormality in tire inflation pressures
(page 5-29).
qAdvanced Keyless Warning (with
Advanced Key)
Warning indicators for the advanced key,
such as “the advanced key removed from
vehicle warning”, use a beep sound and
warning/indicator lights in the instrument
cluster.
Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on
page 3-17.
qEngine Oil Level Warning Beep
When the engine oil level is low, the
engine oil level warning light flashes and
the warning beep activates for a brief
period. After the warning light stops
flashing and illuminates, the beeper stops.
If the warning light continues to flash due
to a system malfunction, the beeper does
not sound.
Refer to Engine Oil Level Warning Light
on page 5-43.
When the advanced keyless function is used
and the start knob is in the ACC position, the
Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep (page
3-17) overrides the lights-on reminder.
qEngine Overrev Warning Beep
The beep sounds to indicate engine
overrev when the tachometer needle
enters the striped zone (page 5-37).
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
5-55
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page194
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (194,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Type B (With AUTO position)
Lighting Control
qHeadlights
Type A (Without AUTO position)
Turn the headlight switch to turn the
headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination on or off.
Switch Position
Turn the headlight switch to turn the
headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination on or off.
Switch Position
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker lights
Dashboard illumination
Off
Off
On
Off
On
On
Headlights
Taillights
Parking lights
License lights
Side-marker
lights
Dashboard
illumination
Off
On
Off
On
On
Auto
NOTE
l
NOTE
To prevent discharging the battery, do not
leave the lights on while the engine is off
unless safety requires them.
Off
l
If the light switch is left on, the lights will
automatically switch off approximately 30
seconds after turning the ignition switch to
the ACC or LOCK position.
To prevent discharging the battery, do not
leave the lights on while the engine is off
unless safety requires them.
AUTO (Auto-light control)
When the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position and the ignition switch is
in the ON position, the light sensor senses
the surrounding lightness or darkness and
automatically turns on or off the
headlights, other exterior lights and
dashboard illumination (see chart above).
5-56
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page195
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (195,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
CAUTION
NOTE
l
Ø Do not shade the light sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the light
sensor will not operate correctly.
Light sensor
l
l
Ø The light sensor also works as a
rain sensor for the auto-wiper
control. Keep hands and scrapers
clear of the windshield when the
ignition switch is in the ON
position as fingers could be
pinched or the wipers and wiper
blades damaged when the wipers
activate automatically. If you are
going to clean the windshield, be
sure the wipers are turned off
completely - this is particularly
important when clearing ice and
snow - when it is particularly
tempting to leave the engine
running.
The light may not turn off immediately even
if the surrounding area becomes well-lit
because the light sensor determines that it
is nighttime if the surrounding area is
continuously dark for several minutes such
as inside long tunnels, traffic jams inside
tunnels, or in indoor parking lots.
In this case, the light turns off if the light
switch is turned to the OFF position.
The timing for turning on the headlights,
other exterior lights and dashboard
illumination can be delayed by adjusting
the sensitivity of the light sensor. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer regarding sensor
adjustment.
The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be
changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Xenon fusion headlight bulbs í
The low-beam bulbs of the headlights
have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a
bright white beam over a wide area.
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement
is necessary.
NOTE
If the headlights flicker, or the brightness
weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and a
replacement is necessary. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
5-57
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page196
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (196,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qLights-On Reminder í
qFlashing the Headlights
If lights are on and the key is removed
from the ignition switch, a continuous
beep sound will be heard when the
driver's door is opened.
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
toward you. The headlight switch does
not need to be on, and the lever will return
to the normal position when released.
NOTE
When the advanced keyless function is used
and the start knob is in the ACC position, the
Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep (page
3-17) overrides the lights-on reminder.
qHeadlight High-Low Beam
Push the lever forward for high beam.
Pull back to original position for low
beam.
High beam
qHeadlight Leveling í
The number of passengers and weight of
cargo in the luggage compartment change
the angle of the headlights.
Low beam
The angle of the headlights will be
automatically adjusted when turning on
the headlights.
Headlight auto-leveling malfunction
indicator light
This indicator light stays on far a few
seconds when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position.
Thereafter, the indicator light will
illuminate when the headlight autoleveling system has a malfunction.
5-58
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page197
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (197,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
If the indicator light illuminates, contact
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)
In Canada, vehicles must be driven with
the headlights on during daytime
operation.
For that reason, the daytime running lights
automatically turn on when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
NOTE
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
qTurn Signal
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to
its original position.
The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the
parking brake is applied.
Right turn
Right lane
change
OFF
Left lane
change
Left turn
Green indicators on the dashboard show
which signal is working.
Lane-change signals
Move the lever slightly toward the
direction of the change ―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
NOTE
If an indicator light stays on without flashing
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn
signal bulbs may be burned out.
5-59
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page198
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (198,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Fog Lights í
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
They help you to see as well as to be seen.
To turn the fog lights on, rotate the fog
position.
light switch to the
The headlight switch must be in the
position to turn on the fog lights.
Fog light switch
To turn them off, rotate the fog light
switch to the OFF position or turn the
headlight switch to the or OFF
position.
NOTE
l
l
The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beam.
(With auto-light control)
If the fog light switch is in the ON position
and the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position, the fog lights will be turned on
when the headlights, the exterior lights and
dashboard illumination are automatically
turned on.
5-60
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Only use windshield washer fluid
mixed with anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions:
Using windshield washer fluid
without anti-freeze protection in
freezing weather conditions is
dangerous as it could freeze on the
windshield and block your vision
which could cause an accident.
In addition, make sure the
windshield is sufficiently warmed
using the defroster before spraying
the washer fluid.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page199
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (199,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper
blades, the wiper motor is protected from
motor breakdown, overheating and possible
fire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism will
automatically stop operation of the blades, but
only for about 5 minutes.
If this happens, turn off the wiper switch and
park off the right-of-way, and remove the snow
and ice.
After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and the
blades should operate normally. If they do not
resume functioning, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive to
the side of the road and park off the right-ofway. Wait until the weather clears before trying
to drive with the wipers inoperative.
Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to INT and choose the
interval timing by rotating the ring.
OFF
INT
INT ring
Type B (With AUTO position)
qWindshield Wipers
Type A (With INT position)
Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever
down.
INT ― Intermittent
LO ― Low speed
HI ― High speed
Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever
down.
AUTO ― Auto control
LO ― Low speed
HI ― High speed
For a single wiping cycle, press the lever
up to MIST.
MIST ― Mist
For a single wiping cycle, press the lever
up to MIST.
MIST ― Mist
5-61
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page200
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (200,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
AUTO (Auto-wiper control)
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position, the rain sensor senses the
amount of rainfall on the windshield and
turns the wiper on or off automatically
(off―intermittent―low speed―high
speed).
The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be
adjusted by turning the switch on the
wiper lever.
From the center position (normal), turn
the switch towards (+) for higher
sensitivity (faster response) or turn the
switch towards (_) for less sensitivity
(slower response).
Switch
Less sensitivity
Center
position
Higher sensitivity
5-62
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
CAUTION
Ø Do not shade the rain sensor by
adhering a sticker or a label on
the windshield. Otherwise the rain
sensor will not operate correctly.
Rain sensor
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page201
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (201,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Ø When the wiper lever is in the
AUTO position and the ignition
switch is in the ON position, the
wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is touched.
Ø If the windshield above the rain
sensor is wiped with a cloth.
Ø If the windshield is struck with
a hand or other object.
Ø If the rain sensor is struck with
a hand or other object from
inside the vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of
the windshield when the ignition
switch is in the ON position as
fingers could be pinched or the
wipers and wiper blades damaged
when they activate automatically.
If you are going to clean the
windshield, be sure the wipers are
turned off completely - this is
particularly important when
clearing ice and snow - when it is
particularly tempting to leave the
engine running.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
Switching the auto-wiper lever from the
OFF to the AUTO position while driving at
a vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 mph) or higher
(or after driving the vehicle) activates the
windshield wipers once, after which they
operate according to the rainfall amount.
The auto-wiper control may not operate
when the rain sensor temperature is about
_10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C
(185 °F) or higher.
If the windshield is coated with water
repellent, the rain sensor may not be able to
sense the amount of rainfall correctly and
auto-wiper control may not operate
properly.
If dirt or foreign matter (e.g. ice or matter
containing salt water) adheres to the
windshield above the rain sensor or if the
windshield is iced, it could cause the wipers
to move automatically. However, if the
wipers cannot remove this ice, dirt or
foreign matter, the auto-wiper control will
stop operation. In this case, pull the wiper
lever to the low speed or high speed
position for manual operation, or remove
the ice, dirt or foreign matter by hand to
restore the auto-wiper operation.
5-63
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page202
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (202,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
qWindshield Washer
Headlight Washer í
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
OFF
Washer
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position and the headlights must be turned
on.
The headlight washers operate
automatically once every fifth time the
windshield washer operates.
If you want to operate only the headlight
washers, pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you twice rapidly.
OFF
NOTE
With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT (Type
A)/AUTO (Type B) position, the wipers will
operate continuously until the lever is
released.
Washer
If the washer doesn't work, inspect the
fluid level (page 8-17). If it's OK, consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
(With headlight washers)
When the headlights are on, the headlight
washers operate automatically once every fifth
time the windshield washer operates.
Refer to Headlight Washer (page 5-64).
5-64
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
NOTE
When you pull the windshield wiper lever
twice, the windshield washer may spray a
little.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page203
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (203,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Rear Window Defroster
The rear window defroster clears frost,
fog, and thin ice from the rear window.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position.
qMirror Defroster í
To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position and
push the rear window defroster switch
(page 5-65).
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defroster. The rear window
defroster operates for about 15 minutes
and turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates during
operation.
To turn off the rear window defroster
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
Indicator light
CAUTION
Don't use sharp instruments or
window cleaners with abrasives to
clean the inside of the rear window
surface. They may damage the
defroster grid inside the window.
NOTE
This defroster is not designed for melting snow.
If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the defroster.
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
5-65
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page204
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (204,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Horn
To sound the horn, press the
the steering wheel.
Hazard Warning Flasher
mark on
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Hazard warning flasher
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
l
5-66
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page205
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (205,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
HomeLink Wireless
Control System í
NOTE
HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered
trademarks of Johnson Controls.
The HomeLink system replaces up to 3
hand-held transmitters with a single builtin component in the auto-dimming mirror.
Pressing the HomeLink button on the
auto-dimming mirror activates garage
doors, gates and other devices
surrounding your home.
Indicator light
HomeLink button
WARNING
Do not use the HomeLink system with
any garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature:
Using the HomeLink system with any
garage door opener that lacks the
safety stop and reverse feature as
required by federal safety standards
is dangerous. (This includes garage
doors manufactured before April 1,
1982.)
Using these garage door openers can
increase the risk of serious injury or
death. For further information,
contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515
or www.homelink.com or your
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Always check the areas surrounding
garage doors and gates for people or
obstructions before programming or
during operation of the HomeLink
system:
Programming or operating the
HomeLink system without verifying
the safety of areas surrounding
garage doors and gates is dangerous
and could result in an unexpected
accident and serious injury if
someone were to be hit.
CAUTION
HomeLink has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or
modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the device.
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
5-67
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page206
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (206,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
NOTE
FCC ID: NZLSTDHL3
CANADA:4112104541A
This device complies with FCC rules part 15.
Operation is subject to the following
conditions:
1- This device may not cause any harmful
interference and
2- This device must accept any interference
that may be received including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE
The programming will not be erased even if
the battery is disconnected.
qPre-programming the HomeLink
System
NOTE
It is recommended that a new battery be
placed in the hand-held transmitter of the
device being programmed to HomeLink for
quicker training and accurate transmission of
the radio-frequency signal.
l
l
Verify that there is a remote control
transmitter available for the device you
would like to program.
Disconnect the power to the device.
qProgramming the HomeLink System
CAUTION
When programming a garage door
opener or a gate, disconnect the
power to these devices before
performing programming, as
continuous operation of the devices
could damage the motor.
5-68
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons
which can be individually selected and
programmed using the transmitters for
current, on-market devices as follows:
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink buttons (buttons one and
three) ― releasing only when the
indicator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Do not hold the buttons for
longer than 30 seconds and do not
repeat step 1 to program a second and/
or third hand-held transmitter to the
remaining two HomeLink buttons.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)
away from the HomeLink button you
wish to program while keeping the
indicator light in view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold both the
chosen HomeLink and hand-held
transmitter buttons. Do not release the
buttons until step 4 has been
completed.
NOTE
Some gate operators and garage door openers
may require you to replace this Programming
Step 3 with procedures noted in the “Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming” section.
4. After the HomeLink indicator light
changes from a slow to a rapidly
blinking light, release both the
HomeLink and hand-held transmitter
buttons.
NOTE
If the HomeLink indicator light does not
change to a rapidly blinking light, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or call 1800-355-3515 for assistance.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page207
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (207,1)
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink button and observe the
indicator light.
HomeLink should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
If the indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and your
device should activate when the
HomeLink button is pressed and released.
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming” ― step 2.
Do not repeat step 1.
NOTE
To program the remaining two HomeLink
buttons, begin with “Programming” ― step 2.
Do not repeat step 1.
If the indicator light blinks rapidly for
two seconds and then turns to a
constant light, continue with
“Programming” steps 6―8 to complete
the programming of a rolling code
equipped device (most commonly a
garage door opener).
6. At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage, locate
the “learn” or “smart” button. This can
usually be found where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the motorhead unit.
NOTE
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1800-355-3515.
qGate operator/Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission ―
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian
law, some U.S. gate operators are
designed to “time-out” in the same
manner.
7. Firmly press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button. (The name and color of
the button may vary by manufacturer.)
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
by using the “Programming” procedures
(regardless of where you live), replace
“Programming HomeLink” step 3 with
the following:
NOTE
NOTE
There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step
8.
If programming a garage door opener or gate
operator, it is advised to unplug the device
during the “cycling” process to prevent
possible overheating.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the “press/hold/release” sequence a
second time, and, depending on the
brand of the garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped device),
repeat this sequence a third time to
complete the programming process.
5-69
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page208
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Driving Your Mazda
Switches and Controls
Continue to press and hold the HomeLink
button while you press and release ―
every two seconds (“cycle”) your handheld transmitter until the frequency signal
has successfully been accepted by
HomeLink. (The indicator light will flash
slowly and then rapidly.)
Proceed with “Programming” step 4 to
complete.
qOperating the HomeLink System
Press the programmed HomeLink button
to operate a programmed device. The
code will continue being transmitted for a
maximum of 20 seconds.
qReprogramming the HomeLink
system
To program a device to HomeLink using a
HomeLink button previously trained,
follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button. DO NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing the
HomeLink button, proceed with
“Programming” - step 2.
qErasing Programmed HomeLink
Buttons
To erase the existing programming from
all three operating channels, press and
hold the two outside buttons (
,
)
on the auto-dimming mirror until the
HomeLink indicator light begins to flash
after approximately 20 seconds.
Verify that the programming has been
erased when you resell the vehicle.
5-70
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (208,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page209
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
6
Black plate (209,1)
Interior Comfort
Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audio
system.
Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2
Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2
Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-3
Types of the Climate Control System ....................................... 6-5
Manual Type ............................................................................. 6-6
Fully Automatic Type ............................................................. 6-11
Audio System ...............................................................................
Antenna ...................................................................................
Operating Tips for Audio System ...........................................
Audio Set ................................................................................
Audio Control Switch Operation ............................................
AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) .................................................
Safety Certification .................................................................
6-15
6-15
6-15
6-25
6-54
6-56
6-58
Bluetooth Hands-Free .................................................................
Bluetooth Hands-Free í ..........................................................
Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation ...................................
Convenient Use of the Hands-Free System .............................
Hands-Free Telephone Setting ................................................
When Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used ..........................
Safety Certification .................................................................
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer Service ....................
6-59
6-59
6-63
6-66
6-71
6-75
6-76
6-76
Interior Equipment .....................................................................
Sunvisors .................................................................................
Interior Lights .........................................................................
Information Display ................................................................
Lighter .....................................................................................
Ashtray ....................................................................................
Cup Holder ..............................................................................
Storage Compartments ............................................................
Accessory Socket ....................................................................
6-77
6-77
6-77
6-79
6-81
6-82
6-83
6-84
6-87
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
6-1
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page210
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (210,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Operating Tips
qOperating the Climate Control
System
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the fan control dial on for a long
period of time with the ignition switch in the
ON position when the engine is not running.
qClearing the Air Inlet
Clear all obstructions like leaves, snow
and ice from the hood and the air inlet in
the cowl grille to improve the system
efficiency.
qFoggy Windows
The windows may fog up easily in humid
weather. Use the climate control system to
defog the windows.
To help defog the windows, operate the
air conditioner to dehumidify the air.
NOTE
The air conditioner may be used along with the
heater to dehumidify the air.
qOutside/Recirculated Air Position
Use the outside air position in normal
conditions. The recirculated air position
should be used only when driving on
dusty roads or for quick cooling of the
interior.
6-2
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
qParking in Direct Sunlight
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then run
the climate control system.
qNot Using for a Long Period
Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes
at least once a month to keep internal
parts lubricated.
qCheck the Refrigerant before the
Weather Gets Hot
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for refrigerant inspection.
The air conditioner is filled with
HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that will
not damage the ozone layer.
If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant
or has a malfunction, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter
If your vehicle is equipped with an air
filter for the air conditioner, it is necessary
to change the filter periodically as
indicated in scheduled maintenance (page
8-3). Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for replacement of the cabin air
filter.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page211
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (211,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Vent Operation
Center vents
Side vents
qAdjusting the Vents
Center Vents
Directing airflow
To adjust the direction of airflow, move
the adjustment knob.
Side Vents
To adjust the direction of airflow, open the
vents and rotate them left and right.
Knob
NOTE
When using the air conditioner, mist may come
out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble
but a result of humid air being suddenly
cooled.
6-3
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page212
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (212,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qSelecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents
Defroster and Floor Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
Floor Vents
6-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page213
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (213,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Types of the Climate Control System
Manual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.
Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.
Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6
Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................. page 6-11
6-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page214
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (214,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Manual Type
Windshield defroster switch
A/C switch
Air intake selector
Fan control dial
Temperature control dial
Mode selector switch
qControl Switches
Fan control dial
Temperature control dial
Cold
Hot
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
6-6
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
This dial allows variable fan speeds.
0―Fan off
1―Low speed
2―Medium low speed
3―Medium high speed
4―High speed
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page215
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (215,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
NOTE
Mode selector switch
l
l
Press the mode selector switch to select
airflow mode (page 6-4).
NOTE
To set the air vent to
defroster switch.
, press the windshield
The air conditioner may not function when
the outside temperature approaches 0 °C
(32 °F).
(U.S.A., Canada)
When the mode is set to
or
with the
fan control dial in a position other than 0
and the temperature control dial in the
maximum cold position, the air intake
selector switches to the recirculated air
mode and the A/C turns on automatically.
If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switch
to turn it off.
Air intake selector
A/C switch
This switch controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
Push the A/C switch to turn the air
conditioner on. The indicator light on the
switch will illuminate when the fan
control dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.
Press the switch to alternate between the
and
positions. The indicator
light for the selected mode will illuminate.
Push the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
It is recommended that under normal
conditions the switch be kept in the
outside air position.
Outside air position (
)
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use
this position for normal ventilation and
heating.
Recirculated air position (
)
Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
6-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page216
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (216,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
This position can be used when driving on
a dusty road or in similar conditions. It
also helps to provide quicker cooling of
the interior.
NOTE
l
l
WARNING
Do not use the
position in cold or
rainy weather:
Using the
position in cold or
rainy weather is dangerous as it will
cause the windows to fog up. Your
vision will be hampered, which could
lead to a serious accident.
Windshield defroster switch
l
l
If the windshield fogs up easily, set the
mode selector switch to the
position.
If cooler air is desired at face level, set the
mode selector switch at the
position
and adjust the temperature control dial to
maintain maximum comfort.
The air to the floor is warmer than air to
the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold
position).
In the
, or
position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned on
(however, the indicator light does not
illuminate) and the
position is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield.
In the
or
position, the
position cannot be changed to the
position.
qCooling (With Air Conditioner)
Press the switch to defrost the windshield
and front door windows.
qHeating
1. Press the mode selector switch to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
on the air conditioner.
6-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
1. Press the mode selector switch to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
cold position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
5. Adjust the fan control dial and
temperature control dial to maintain
maximum comfort.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page217
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (217,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
CAUTION
When using the air conditioner while
driving up long hills or in heavy
traffic, closely monitor the
temperature gauge (page 5-38).
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the gauge indicates
overheating, turn the air conditioner
off (page 7-16).
NOTE
l
l
l
When maximum cooling is desired, set the
temperature control dial to the extreme cold
position and set the air intake selector to
the
position, then set the fan control
dial to position 4.
If warmer air is desired at floor level, set
the mode selector switch at the
position
and adjust the temperature control dial to
maintain maximum comfort.
The air to the floor is warmer than air to
the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold
position).
qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging
1. Press the windshield defroster switch.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
WARNING
Do not defog the windshield using the
position with the temperature
control set to the cold position:
Using the
position with the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog
up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident. Set the temperature control
to the hot or warm position when
using the
position.
NOTE
l
qVentilation
1. Press the mode selector switch to the
position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
l
l
For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control dial to the extreme hot
position and the fan control dial to position
4.
If warm air is desired at the floor, set the
mode selector switch to the
position.
In the
, or
position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned on
(however, the indicator light does not
illuminate) and the
position is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield.
In the
or
position, the
position cannot be changed to the
position.
6-9
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page218
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qDehumidifying (With Air
Conditioner)
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
1. Press the mode selector switch to the
desired position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
NOTE
One of the functions of the air conditioner is
dehumidifying the air and, to use this function,
the temperature does not have to be set to cold.
Therefore, set the temperature control dial to
the desired position (hot or cold) and turn on
the air conditioner when you want to
dehumidify the cabin air.
6-10
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (218,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page219
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (219,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
Fully Automatic Type
Climate control information is displayed on the information display.
Windshield defroster switch
Fan control dial
OFF switch
A/C switch
Temperature control dial
Air intake selector
Auto switch
Mode selector switch
qControl Switches
AUTO switch
l
l
Outside/Recirculated air selection
Air conditioner operation
NOTE
AUTO switch indicator light
l When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and
the system will function automatically.
l When off, indicates the operation of other
switches such as the mode selector switch,
fan control dial, A/C switch and windshield
defroster switch. Other functions will
continue to operate automatically.
By pressing the AUTO switch the
following functions will be automatically
controlled in accordance with the set
temperature:
l Airflow temperature
l Amount of airflow
l Selection of airflow mode
6-11
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page220
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (220,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
OFF switch
Mode selector switch
Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the
climate control system.
The desired airflow mode can be selected
(page 6-4).
Temperature control dial
NOTE
l
Cold
Hot
This dial controls temperature.Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
l
With the airflow mode set to
position
and the temperature control dial set at a
medium temperature, heated air is directed
to the feet and a comparably lower air
temperature will flow through the central,
left and right vents.
To set the air vent to
, press the
windshield defroster switch.
A/C switch
Fan control dial
Slow
Fast
The fan has seven speeds. The selected
speed will be displayed.
With the AUTO or fan control dial ON,
press the A/C switch to select the air
conditioning (cooling/dehumidifying
functions) on or off.
NOTE
l
l
6-12
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The air conditioning operates when the A/C
switch is pressed even if the fan control dial
is off.
The air conditioner may not function when
the outside temperature approaches 0 °C.
(Indicator remains on even when system is
off.)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page221
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (221,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qOperation of Automatic Air
Conditioning
Air intake selector
1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection of
the airflow mode, air intake selector
and amount of airflow will be
automatically controlled.
Outside or recirculated air positions can
be selected. Press the switch to select
outside/recirculated air positions.
Recirculated air position (
)
Use this position when going through
tunnels, driving in congested traffic (high
engine exhaust areas) or when quick
cooling is desired.
2. Use the temperature control dial to
select a desired temperature.
Outside air position (
)
Use this position for normal conditions
and defogging.
Cold
WARNING
Do not use the
position in cold or
rainy weather:
Using the
position in cold or
rainy weather is dangerous as it will
cause the windows to fog up. Your
vision will be hampered, which could
lead to a serious accident.
Hot
To turn off the system, press the OFF
switch.
NOTE
l
Windshield defroster switch
l
Setting the temperature to maximum high
or low will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
When selecting heat, the system will restrict
airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold
air from blowing out of the vents.
Press the switch to defrost the windshield
and front door windows.
6-13
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page222
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (222,1)
Interior Comfort
Climate Control System
qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging
qSunlight/Temperature Sensor
The fully automatic air conditioner
function measures inside and outside
temperatures, and sunlight. It then sets
temperatures inside the passenger
compartment accordingly.
CAUTION
Do not obstruct either sensor,
otherwise the automatic air
conditioner will not operate properly.
Press the windshield defroster switch.
In this position, the
position is
automatically selected, and the air
conditioner automatically turns on. The
air conditioner will directly dehumidify
the air to the front windshield and side
windows (page 6-4). Airflow amount will
be increased.
Sunlight sensor
WARNING
Set the temperature control to the hot
or warm position when defogging (
position):
position with the
Using the
temperature control set to the cold
position is dangerous as it will cause
the outside of the windshield to fog
up. Your vision will be hampered,
which could lead to a serious
accident.
NOTE
Use the temperature control dial to increase
the air flow temperature and defog the
windshield more quickly.
6-14
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Interior temperature sensor
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page223
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (223,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Antenna
qAM/FM Radio Antenna
The rear window antenna receives both
AM and FM signals.
CAUTION
When washing the inside rear
window, use a soft cloth dampened
in lukewarm water, gently wiping the
antenna lines.
Use of glass cleaning products could
damage the antenna.
qSatellite Radio Antenna í
The satellite radio antenna receives
SIRIUS signals.
Operating Tips for Audio
System
WARNING
Do not adjust the audio control
switches while driving the vehicle:
Adjusting the audio while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
audio while the vehicle is stopped.
Even if the audio control switches are
equipped on the steering wheel, learn
to use the switches without looking
down at them so that you can keep
your maximum attention on the road
while driving the vehicle.
CAUTION
Satellite radio antenna
For the purposes of safe driving,
adjust the audio volume to a level
that allows you to hear sounds
outside of the vehicle.
NOTE
l
l
Do not use the audio for long periods of
time while the engine is off. Otherwise the
battery could go dead.
If a cellular phone or CB radio is used in
or near the vehicle, it could cause noise to
occur from the audio system, however, this
does not indicate that the system has been
damaged.
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
6-15
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page224
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (224,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qRadio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere. Therefore, they can reach
longer distances than FM signals. Because
of this, two stations may sometimes be
picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not
bend around corners, but they do reflect.
Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannot
travel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
Ionosphere
FM wave
AM wave
Ionosphere
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Station 1
Station 2
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into two channels, stereo
FM has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
FM Station
40—50km
(25—30 miles)
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days
may provide better reception than clear
days.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.
Reflected wave
Direct
6-16
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page225
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (225,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Flutter/Skip noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
Strong signal noise
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are
extremely strong, so the result is noise and
sound breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from
the transmitter. Reception in such fringe
areas is characterized by sound breakup.
When a vehicle reaches the area of two
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Station 1
88.1 MHz
Station 2
88.3 MHz
6-17
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page226
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (226,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating Tips for CD Player/InDash CD Changer
l
The CD revolves at high speed within
the unit. Defective (cracked or badly
bent) CDs should never be used.
l
Do not use non-conventional discs
such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,
etc. The disc may not eject resulting in
a malfunction.
l
If the memory portion of the CD is
transparent or translucent, do not use
the disc.
Condensation phenomenon
Immediately after turning on the heater
when the vehicle is cold, the CD or
optical components (prism and lens) in the
CD player/In-dash CD changer may
become clouded with condensation. At
this time, the CD will eject immediately
when placed in the unit. A clouded CD
can be corrected simply by wiping it with
a soft cloth. Clouded optical components
will clear naturally in about an hour. Wait
for normal operation to return before
attempting to use the unit.
Handling the CD player/In-dash CD
changer
The following precautions should be
observed.
l Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
l
Do not insert any objects, other than
CDs, into the slot.
Transparent
6-18
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page227
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (227,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
A new CD may have rough edges on
its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc
with rough edges is used, proper
setting will not be possible and the CD
player/In-dash CD changer will not
play the CD. In addition, the disc may
not eject resulting in a malfunction.
Remove the rough edges in advance by
using a ball-point pen or pencil as
shown below. To remove the rough
edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil
against the inner and outer perimeter of
the CD.
l
Use discs that have been legitimately
produced. If illegally-copied discs such
as pirated discs are used, the system
may not operate properly.
l
Be sure never to touch the signal
surface when handling the CDs. Pick
up a CD by grasping the outer edge or
the edge of the hole and the outer edge.
l
Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.
Avoid scratching the reverse side (the
side without a label). The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
Dust, finger smudges, and dirt can
decrease the amount of light reflected
from the signal surface, thus affecting
sound quality. If the CD should
become soiled, gently wipe it with a
soft cloth from the center of the CD to
the edge.
Do not use record sprays, antistatic
agents, or household spray cleaners.
Volatile chemicals such as benzine and
thinner can also damage the surface of
the CD and must not be used. Anything
that can damage, warp, or fog plastic
should never be used to clean CDs.
When driving over uneven surfaces,
the sound may jump.
l
l
The CD player/In-dash CD changer has
been designed to play CDs bearing the
identification logo as shown. No other
discs can be played.
l
6-19
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page228
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (228,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Insert discs one by one. If two discs are
inserted at the same time, the system
may not operate properly.
The CD player/In-dash CD changer
ejects the CD if the CD is inserted
upside down. Also dirty and/or
defective CDs may be ejected.
An 8 cm (3 in) CD cannot be played in
the CD player even if an 8 cm (3 in)
CD adapter is used.
The In-dash CD changer is specially
made for 12 cm (5 in) CDs.
An 8 cm (3 in) CD cannot be played in
the In-dash CD changer even if an 8
cm (3 in) CD adapter is used.
Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD
player/In-dash CD changer.
Do not insert any disc with a peel-off
seal affixed to it.
This unit may not be able to play
certain CD-R/CD-RWs made using a
computer or music CD recorder due to
disc characteristics, scratches,
smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust or
condensation on the lens inside the
unit.
Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to
direct sunlight or high temperature may
damage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and make
them unplayable.
CD-R/CD-RW exceeding 700 MB
cannot be played.
This unit may not be able to play
certain discs made using a computer
due to the application (writing
software) setting used. (For details,
consult the store where the application
was purchased.)
It is possible that certain text data, such
as titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RW
may not be displayed when musical
data (CD-DA) is playing.
6-20
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
l
l
l
The period from when a CD-RW is
inserted to when it begins playing is
longer than a normal CD or CD-R.
Completely read the instruction manual
and cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.
Do not use discs with cellophane tape
adhering, partially peeled off labels, or
adhesive material exuding from the
edges of the CD label. Also, do not use
discs with a commercially-available
CD-R label affixed. The disc may not
eject resulting in a malfunction.
qOperating tips for MP3
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a license
for private, non-commercial use and does not
convey a license nor imply any right to use this
product in any commercial (i.e. revenuegenerating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,
satellite, cable and/or any other media),
broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,
intranets and/or other networks or in other
electronic content distribution systems, such as
pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.
An independent license for such use is
required. For details, please visit
http://www.mp3licensing.com.
l
This audio system handles MP3 files
that have been recorded on CD-R/CDRW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have been
recorded using the following formats
can be played:
ISO 9660 level 1
ISO 9660 level 2
Joliet extended format
Romeo extended format
This unit handles MP3 files
conforming to the MP3 format
containing both header frames and data
frames.
l
l
l
l
l
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page229
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (229,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
l
l
l
l
l
This unit can play multi-session
recorded discs that have up to 40
sessions.
This unit can play MP3s with sampling
frequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48
kHz.
This unit can play MP3 files that have
been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to
320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insure
enjoyment of music with consistent
sound quality, it is recommended to use
discs that have been recorded at a bit
rate of 128 kbps or more.
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)
and MP3 files, playback of the two file
types differs depending on how the
disc was recorded.
Packet written discs cannot be played
on this unit.
This unit does not play CDs recorded
using MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3
PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.
About folders and files
l
The order of hierarchy for MP3 files
and folders during playback or other
functions is from shallow to deep. The
arrangement and playing order of a
recorded disc containing MP3 files is
as follows:
File number
A numerical file number is assigned
to each file in a folder in the order of
hierarchy from shallow to deep.
Folder number
A numerical folder number is
assigned to each folder in the order
of hierarchy from shallow to deep.
Folder
No.
02
04
3
03
2
05
4
06
5
1
Level1 Level2 Level3 Level4
Playback may not occur in the above
hierarchy depending on the audio unit.
l
l
l
l
l
Folders and tracks (files) within the same
hierarchy play in the order they were written to
the disc depending on the write software.
: Track (File)
01
l
NOTE
: Folder
l
l
The folder order is automatically
assigned and this order cannot be
optionally set.
Any folder without an MP3 file will be
ignored. (It will be skipped and the
folder number will not be displayed.)
MP3 files not conforming to the MP3
format containing both header frames
and data frames will be skipped and
not played.
This unit will play MP3 files that have
up to eight levels. However, the more
levels a disc has, the longer it will take
to initially start playing. It is
recommended to record discs with two
levels or less.
A single disc with up to 512 files can
be played and a single folder with up to
255 files can be played.
When naming an MP3 file, be sure to
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after
the file name.
6-21
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page230
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (230,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
The maximum number of characters
that can be used for file names is as
follows. However, this unit will only
display up to 30 characters, including
the file extension (.mp3).
ISO9660 level 1
ISO9660 level 2
Joliet extended
format
Romeo extended
format
Maximum number of
characters in a file name
(including a separator “.”
and the three letters of the
file extension)
12*
31*
64
128
* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and
underbar “_” are available.
CAUTION
This unit can only play MP3 files that
have an MP3 file extension (.mp3)
attached. Do not attach an MP3 file
extension to any other type file as it
could cause noise to be emitted or a
malfunction in the unit.
About ID3 Tag display
l
l
This unit can only display ID3 Tag
album, track and artist names that have
been input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3
formats. Any other data that may have
been input cannot be displayed.
This unit can only display English
(including numerals) one-byte
characters. Use only English (including
numerals) one-byte characters when
inputting ID3 tags. Two-byte characters
and some special symbols cannot be
displayed.
6-22
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Specialized glossary
MP3
Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.
A technical standard for audio
compression as decided by an ISO
(International Organization for
Standardization) MPEG working group.
Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be
compressed to approximately a tenth of
the source data size.
ISO 9660
An international standard for logical
formatting of CD-ROM files and folders.
It is divided into three separate levels
based on differences in file naming
procedures, data configuration and other
characteristics.
Multi-session
A session is the complete amount of data
recorded from the beginning to the end of
a single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CDRW data recording. Multi-session refers to
the existence of data from two or more
sessions on a single disc.
Sampling
Refers to the process of encoding analog
audio data at regular intervals and
converting it to digital data. The sampling
rate refers to the number of times a
sample is taken in one second and is
expressed in Hz units. Increasing the
sampling rate improves the sound quality
but also increases the data size.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page231
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (231,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Bit rate
Refers to the volume of data per second,
expressed in bps (bits per second).
Generally, the larger the number of the
transfer bit rate when compressing an
MP3 file, the more information regarding
musical reproduction it carries, and
therefore the better the sound quality.
Packet writing
A general term for the method, similar to
that used for floppy discs or hard drives,
of recording the required file in a single
increment on a CD-R and similar.
ID3 Tag
ID3 tag is a method for storing
information related to the music in an
MP3 file. Information such as track, artist
and album name can be stored. This
content can be freely edited using ID3
editing function software.
VBR
Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. While
CBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generally
used, VBR varies the bit rate for audio
compression according to compression
conditions and this allows for
compression with preference given to
sound quality.
6-23
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page232
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
MEMO
6-24
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (232,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page233
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (233,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Set
l
l
Audio information is displayed on the information display.
There are two types of In-dash CD changers. Check which In-dash CD changer your
vehicle is equipped with.
CD Player
In-Dash CD Changer (non-MP3 compatible)
In-dash CD Changer (MP3 compatible)
Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-26
Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-30
Operating the Satellite Radio ................................................................................. page 6-32
Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-46
Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-48
Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-52
Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-53
6-25
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page234
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (234,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qPower/Volume/Sound Controls
Power/Volume dial
Audio control dial
Power ON/OFF
Audio sound adjustment
Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
1. Press the audio control dial to select the
function. The selected function will be
indicated.
Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
Press the power/volume dial again to turn
the audio system off.
NOTE
To prevent the battery from being discharged,
do not leave the audio system on for a long
period of time when the engine is not running.
Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial.
Turn the power/volume dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
6-26
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page235
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (235,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
*1 Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
Standard audio-equipped model
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust the
selected functions as follows:
*1
Standard audio-equipped model
Indication
Turn Left Turn Right
Select mode
Decrease
Increase
bass
bass
Decrease
Increase
treble
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left
right
*1
*1
Bose Sound System-equipped model
*1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Bose® Sound System-equipped model
Indication
Turn Left Turn Right
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
*1
Decrease
Increase
bass
bass
Decrease
Increase
treble
treble
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
front
rear
Shift the
Shift the
sound to the sound to the
left
right
*1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
*1
6-27
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page236
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (236,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
About 5 seconds after selecting any mode, the
volume function will be automatically selected.
To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, press
the audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unit
will beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.
Turn the audio control dial to select ALC
OFF or ALC LEVEL1―7 modes. The
selected mode will be indicated.
Automatic Level Control (ALC)
The automatic level control is a feature
that automatically adjusts audio volume
and sound quality according to the vehicle
speed.
The volume increases in accordance with
the increase in vehicle speed, and
decreases as vehicle speed decreases.
Select the desired ALC mode.
Mode
Volume change
No change
Minimum
*
Medium
Maximum
6-28
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
AUDIOPILOT® (Bose® Sound
System-equipped model)
AUDIOPILOT® automatically adjusts
audio volume and sound quality in
accordance with the level of noise
entering the vehicle interior while driving.
When AUDIOPILOT® is turned on, the
system automatically calculates the
conditions for optimum hearing of sound
which may be difficult to hear depending
on exterior noise.
* AUDIOPILOT® is a registered
trademark of Bose Corporation.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page237
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (237,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
*
Centerpoint® (Bose® Sound Systemequipped model)
Centerpoint® offers you the experience of
5.1-channel surround sound in your
vehicle even with your conventional 2channel stereo CDs.
Centerpoint® can be set on or off.
NOTE
l
l
Centerpoint® operates optimally with a 2channel stereo CD. MP3 audio files can be
played, however, MP3 audio files encoded
with high compression may result in poor
sound quality.
Centerpoint® is available for 2-channel
stereo audio except for AM radio/FM radio/
SIRIUS digital satellite radio/AUX.
* Centerpoint® is a registered trademark
of Bose Corporation.
BEEP setting
The beep-sound when operating the audio
system can be set on or off.
ILLM EFT setting (Illumination setting
during operation)
The audio system illumination during
operation can be set on or off.
6-29
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page238
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (238,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Radio
Band selector button
Channel preset buttons
Satellite button
Auto memory
button
Scan button
Seek tuning
button
Manual tuning dial/Electric serial number button
Radio ON
Press a band selector button (
turn the radio on.
Tuning
) to
Band selection
Successively pressing the band selector
) switches the bands as
button (
follows: FM1→FM2→AM.
The selected mode will be indicated. If
FM stereo is being received, “ST” will be
displayed.
NOTE
If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the
“ST” indicator will go out.
6-30
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be canceled.
Manual tuning
Turning the manual tuning dial will
change the frequency higher or lower.
Seek tuning
Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )
will cause the tuner to seek a higher or
lower frequency automatically.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page239
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (239,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the button,
the frequency will continue changing without
stopping.
Scan tuning
Press the scan button (
) to
automatically sample strong stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, press the scan
button (
) again during this interval.
Preset channel tuning
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
2. Depress a channel preset button for
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is
heard. The preset channel number and
station frequency will be displayed.
The station is now held in the memory.
Press and hold the auto memory button
(
) for about 2 seconds until a beep
sound is heard; the system will
automatically scan and temporarily store
up to 6 stations with the strongest
frequencies in each selected band in that
area.
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed.
Press and release the auto memory button
(
) to recall stations from the autostored stations. One stored station will be
selected each time; its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
NOTE
If no stations can be tuned after scanning
operations, “A” will be displayed.
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency and the channel number will
be displayed.
NOTE
If the power supply is interrupted (fuse blows
or the battery is disconnected), the preset
channels will be canceled.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known. Additional AM/FM stations can
be stored without disturbing the
previously set channels.
6-31
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page240
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (240,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Satellite Radio
Band selector button
Channel preset buttons
Satellite button
Instant replay
button
Auto memory
button
Scan button
Seek tuning
button
Category button
Manual tuning dial/Electric serial number button
Information display
All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display.
Channel number, Channel name, Category name, Artist name, Song title,
ID code, Preset channel number, Bank number, Error signs
6-32
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page241
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (241,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide
reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, If not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does
cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the user
is encouraged to try to correct the interference
by one or more of the following measures:
- Increase the separation between the
equipment and tuner.
- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a
circuit different from that to which the tuner is
connected.
- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/
TV technician for help.
Selecting SIRIUS radio mode (Satellite
button)
When the satellite button is pressed, it will
play the last selected SIRIUS channel.
Every time the satellite button is pressed,
the bank is changed over in the order
shown below.
SR1
SR2
SR3
NOTE
SR1, SR2 and SR3: six stations can be stored
in each bank for convenient access to your
favorite stations.
Channel selection (Manual tuning dial)
Turning the manual tuning dial allows you
to select the desired channel.
l Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise:
Channel Up
l Turn the manual tuning dial
counterclockwise: Channel Down
Preset channel programming (Channel
preset buttons or display button)
1. Channels can be programmed with
either a “channel number” or “text”
display.
2. Press the display button to select the
channel number or desired text (e.g.
channel name) display mode.
3. Select the desired channel to be
programmed.
6-33
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page242
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (242,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
4. Hold down a channel preset button for
1.5 seconds or more, and release when
the beep is heard.
Channel number, channel, category,
artist, and song title display (Display
button, display feed dial)
5. The programming process is complete
after the channel number or text blinks.
Each time the display button is briefly
pressed (about 1.5 seconds) during
SIRIUS reception, the display of the text
data changes in the order shown below.
Preset channel call-up (Channel preset
buttons)
Press a channel preset button for about 1.5
seconds.
Channel number
Category change (Category button)
Press the category button (UP or DOWN)
and select the desired category.
l Press the category button (UP):
Category up
l Press the category button (DOWN):
Category down
At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)
channel within the category indicated is
received.
When the highest (or lowest) category is
reached, the display of the category is
changed over in the order shown below.
Highest category→Category all→Lowest
category
NOTE
While in “CATEGORY ALL” mode, all
channels covering a category can be accessed
(Category off condition).
Channel selection within a category
(Manual tuning dial)
NOTE
If the category is not in “ALL”, turning the
manual tuning dial moves the channel number
up/down in the present category.
l Turn the knob clockwise: Channel Up
l Turn the knob counterclockwise: Channel
Down
6-34
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Channel name
Category
name
Info
Song title
Artist name
NOTE
l
l
Eight characters can be displayed on 1
screen.
By turning the display feed dial
counterclockwise, it is possible to display
the remaining part of the title one character
at a time each time the dial is rotated one
increment.
What is satellite radio?
SIRIUS is radio the way it was meant to
be: More than 100 new channels of digital
quality programming delivered to listeners
coast to coast via satellite. That means
channels of completely commercial-free
music plus more channels of news, sports,
and entertainment from names like
CNBC, Discovery, SCI-FI Channel, A&E,
House of Blues, E!, NPR, Speed vision
and ESPN.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page243
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (243,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
SIRIUS is live, dynamic entertainment,
completely focused on listeners. Every
minute of every day of every week will be
different. All commercial-free music
channels are created in-house and hosted
by DJs who know and love the music. Do
you like Reggae? How about Classic
Rock or New Rock? SIRIUS has an array
of choices spanning a vast range of
musical tastes including the hits of the
50's, 60's, 70's, & 80's as well as Jazz,
Country, Blues, Pop, Rap, R&B,
Bluegrass, Alternative, Classical, Heavy
Metal, Dance and many others.
From its state-of-the-art, digital
broadcasting facility in Rockefeller
Center, New York City, SIRIUS will
deliver the broadest, deepest mix of radio
entertainment from coast to coast.
SIRIUS will bring you music and
entertainment programming that is simply
not available on traditional radio in any
market across the country. It's radio like
you've never heard before.
Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today! For
more information, visit siriusradio.com.
Satellite radio can be subscribed to and
received in the United States. (Except
Alaska and Hawaii) and Canada.
How to subscribe to satellite radio
Once the system is installed you must first
subscribe to the SIRIUS Radio service to
activate the system.
The SIRIUS Radio service uses an ID
code to identify your radio. This code is
needed to subscribe to SIRIUS Radio, and
if needed, is also used to report any
problems should there be any in the
future. Listeners can subscribe using any
of the following methods:
l Visiting SIRIUS on the web at www
sirius.com
Subscribing to SIRIUS customer care,
available 24 hours a day, 7 days a
week.
l Calling (888) 539-7474
l E-mail at: customercare@siriusradio.com
l Writing to: SATELLITE RADIO
1221 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020
Attention: Customer Care
Customers should have their SIRIUS
Radio ID Electronic Serial Number
(ESN#) ready.
*Note: your ESN# should have been
recorded at the time of installation. If not,
refer to
“DISPLAYING THE SIRIUS ID (ESN)”
to retrieve your ESN#.
l
Satellite radio activation
For activation and subscription
information call toll-free at 1-888-539SIRI (7474). A SIRIUS Customer Care
representative will take the necessary
information and walk you through the
activation process. Or you can visit
SIRIUS online at WWW.siriusradio.com
and click on the “Join” button.
When you call the SIRIUS Customers
Care number you have two options
available.
(1) The full package which allows you
access to all SIRIUS content except
pay- per-view.
(2) The family package which allows
access to certain channels. Please see
the website: www.sirius.com for
details.
Please have the following information
ready when attempting to activate your
service:
l SIRIUS ID (ESN*)
l Valid credit card information (type,
number, expiration date)
6-35
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page244
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (244,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Product serial number
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
When you are ready to receive the on-air
activation signals you will be instructed
(for activation via phone) to turn on your
tuner, have the antenna pointed skyward,
and to set the channel to channel 184.
Once the signal is sent from the national
studio it may take up to 10 minutes to be
received by your unit.
l
l
Every time the satellite button is pressed,
the bank changes in the order shown
below.
SR1
SR2
SR3
NOTE
l
l
On-air activation is completed after the
procedure, in most cases from 10 seconds
to 10 minutes.
The VIN/SIRIUS ID (ESN*)/SERIAL No. is
printed on the back cover label of the
manual.
*ESN: Electronic Serial Number
SIRIUS operation
All operations of the satellite radio are
conducted by means of the audio unit.
SIRIUS radio mode selection
When the satellite button is pressed during
ACC ON, it will play the last SIRIUS
channel in use before the mode was
switched over to another mode or the
power was turned off.
When the satellite button is pressed in a
mode other than the SIRIUS mode, the
last channel in use will be received.
6-36
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
NOTE
SR1, SR2 and SR3: 6 stations can be stored in
each bank for convenient access to your
favorite stations.
Operation in the initial state
It may take some time to start up the
equipment when it is in the initial state,
when there is a change in the user's
subscription condition, or when the
SIRIUS channel map is changed.
“UPDATING xx%” is displayed when the
SIRIUS channel map is changed. If the
unit is initialized or the user contract
content is changed, “UPDATING” is
displayed. Updating could take as long as
3 minutes depending on the geographical
area. When the unit is in an initialized
state, channel 184 is displayed after the
display indicates “UPDATING 100%”. If
the SIRIUS channel map or the user
contract content is changed, the channel
prior to the change is displayed after
“UPDATING” is displayed. After the
initialization display, it may take as long
as 12 seconds to receive channel 184.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page245
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (245,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
When the SIRIUS mode is switched to
another mode, or when the power is
turned off, the present channel which is
being received is stored as the last
channel.
Channel selection
Turning the manual tuning dial allows you
to select the desired receiving channel.
l Turn the knob clockwise: Channel Up
l Turn the knob counterclockwise:
Channel Down
Unsubscribed channel
When a selected station has not been
subscribed to, the display indicates the
following:
[CALL + 888] and [539 + SIRI] (Flashes
alternately)
NOTE
When the subscription contract is canceled, all
of the channels including channel 184 appear
as unsubscribed.
Preset channel programming
(Programming with “channel number”
display)
1. Press the display button to select the
channel number display mode.
Select the desired channel to be
programmed. At this point, the
following is displayed:
[SR + (bank number) + (channel
number)]
2. Keep pressing the channel preset
button for 1.5 seconds or more.
The programming process is complete
after the channel number flashes. Then,
[SR + (bank number)] is displayed and
a beep sound is heard at the same time.
3. [SR + (bank number) + CH + (preset
number) + (channel number)] are
displayed.
(Programming with “text” display (e.g.
channel name) )
Invalid channel
When a selected channel is not
broadcasting, [SR + (bank number) +
INVALID] is displayed for 1 second,
followed by [SR + (bank number) +
CHANNEL], which is also displayed for
1 second. The display then returns to the
previous valid channel.
1. Press the display button to select the
desired text display mode (e.g. channel
name).
Select the desired channel to be
programmed. At this point, the
following is displayed:
[SR + (bank number) + (selected text
(e.g. channel name) )]
NOTE
2. Keep pressing the channel preset
button for 1.5 seconds or more.
The programming process is complete
after the text (e.g. channel name)
flashes. Then, [SR + (bank number)] is
displayed and you will hear beep sound
at the same time.
If the last channel selected has become
unavailable because of a channel update the
above indication is displayed until any button
is pressed.
3. SR + (bank number) + CH + (preset
number) + (channel number)] are
displayed.
6-37
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page246
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (246,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
4. Three seconds later, it returns to normal
display. [SR + (bank number) + (text
(e.g. channel name) )]
NOTE
Six stations can be stored in each bank, SR1,
SR2, and SR3 for convenient access to your
favorite stations.
Preset channel call-up
Press and release the channel preset
button for about 1.5 seconds,
[SR + (bank number) + CH + (preset
number) + (channel number)] appears.
When the preset button is pressed during
text mode, its channel number is
displayed first for 3 second and then its
text is displayed.
NOTE
In the initial setting, all channels are preset to
184.
Category change
Press the category button (UP or DOWN)
and select the desired category.
l Press the category button (UP):
Category up
l Press the category button (DOWN):
Category down
Every time the category (UP) button is
pressed for 1.5 second or less, the
category is changed over in the order
shown below.
At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)
channel within the category indicated is
received.
When the highest (or lowest) category is
reached, the category is changed over in
the order shown below.
Highest category→Category all→Lowest
category
6-38
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
NOTE
While in “CATEGORY ALL” mode, all
channels covering a category can be accessed
(Category off condition).
Channel selection within a category
If category is not in “ALL” and the
channel number is displayed, turning the
manual tuning dial moves the channel
number up/down in the present category.
l Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise:
Channel Up
l Turn the manual tuning dial
counterclockwise: Channel Down
NOTE
The channel number needs to be indicated in
the display to use manual tuning dial for this
function.
Channel number, channel name,
category, artist, song titles and info
display
Each time the display button is briefly
pressed (about 0.5 seconds) during
SIRIUS reception, the display of the text
data is changed over in the order shown
below.
Channel number
Channel name
Category
name
Info
Song title
Artist name
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page247
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (247,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
NOTE
l
l
Eight characters are displayed on 1 screen.
By turning the display feed dial
counterclockwise, it is possible to display
the remaining part of the title one character
at a time each time the display feed dial is
rotated one increment counterclockwise.
(Channel number display)
l When the display button is briefly
pressed (about 0.5 seconds) while in
song title display mode, the mode
changes to the channel number display
mode.
(Channel name display)
l When the display button is briefly
pressed (about 0.5 seconds) while in
channel number display mode, it
changes to channel name display
mode.
l There are short (8 fixed characters) and
long names for the channel name.
l The long name is displayed first, and 3
seconds later the short name is
displayed. If there is no short name, the
long name is displayed.
l If there are more than 8 characters in
the channel name, it is possible to
display the remaining part of the
channel name one character at a time
each time the display feed dial is
rotated one increment clockwise.
l While the short name is displayed,
turning the display feed dial switches
the display to the long name.
l Three seconds after scrolling the long
name, the display automatically returns
to the first part of the long name. Three
more seconds and the short name
appears.
l If there is no channel name,
“No TITLE” is displayed.
(Category name display)
l When the display button is briefly
pressed (about 0.5 seconds) while in
channel name display mode, it changes
to the category name display mode.
l There are short (8 fixed characters) and
long names for the category name.
l The long name is displayed first, and 3
seconds later the short name is
displayed. If there is no short name, the
long name is displayed.
l If there are more than 8 characters in
the category name, it is possible to
display the remaining part of the
category name one character at a time
each time the display feed dial is
rotated one increment clockwise.
l While the short name is displayed,
turning the display feed dial switches
the display to the long name.
l Three seconds after scrolling the long
name, the display automatically returns
to display the first part of the long
name. Three more seconds and the
short name appears.
l If there is no category name,
“No CATEGORY” is displayed.
(Artist name display)
l When the display button is briefly
pressed (about 0.5 seconds) while in
category name display mode, it
changes to the artist name display
mode.
l If there are more than 8 characters in
the artist's name, it is possible to
display the remaining part of the artist
name one character at a time each time
the display feed dial is rotated one
increment clockwise.
l Three seconds after scrolling the artist
name, the display automatically return
to display the first part of the artist's
name.
6-39
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page248
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (248,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
If there is no artist's name,
“No ARTIST” is displayed.
(Song title display)
l When the display button is briefly
pressed (about 0.5 seconds) while in
artist name display mode, it changes to
the song title display mode.
l If there are more than 8 characters in
the song title, it is possible to display
the remaining part of the song title one
character at a time each time the
display feed dial is rotated one
increment clockwise.
l Three more seconds after scrolling the
song title, the display automatically
returns to display the first part of the
song title.
l If there is no song title, “No SONG” is
displayed.
(INFO (such as composer's name)
display)
l When the display button is briefly
pressed (about 1.5 seconds) while in
song title display mode, it changes to
the INFO display mode.
l If there are more than 8 characters in
the composer's name, it is possible to
display the remaining part of the name
one character at a time each time the
display feed dial is rotated one
increment clockwise.
l Three seconds after scrolling the text,
the display automatically returns to
display the first part of the text.
l If there is no composer name,
“No INFO” is displayed.
Instant replay
This function allows you to rewind and
replay the program that you were
previously or are currently listening to.
Press the instant replay button.
6-40
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
briefly pressed (about 0.5 seconds),
playback starts from the beginning of the
current program.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed twice, playback starts from the
beginning of the previous program.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed for about 0.5 seconds or longer,
the program is reversed while the button
is being pressed.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
briefly pressed (about 0.5 seconds),
playback starts from the beginning of the
next program. When the seek tuning
button ( ) is briefly pressed (about 0.5
seconds) while the last program is being
played, the instant replay mode is
cancelled.
When the seek tuning button ( ) is
pressed for 0.5 seconds or longer, the
program is fast-forwarded while the
button is being pressed. When pressing
and holding the button until the end of the
program, the instant replay mode is
cancelled.
When the instant replay button is pressed
again, playback is temporarily stopped, or
playback starts if it has been temporarily
stopped.
NOTE
If the channel is changed, the instant replay
buffer data is deleted.
(How to cancel the instant replay)
l Turn off the ACC or POWER.
l Press any one of the following buttons:
FM/AM, CD, MEDIA, SAT, SEEK/
TRACK/REPLAY, or a channel preset
button.
l Insert or play a CD.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page249
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (249,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)
When the ESN button is pressed for 1.5
seconds or longer, a 12-digit Electronic
Serial Number (ESN) for the SIRIUS
tuner is displayed.
2. “ENTER PIN” appears for 2 seconds
which indicates that it is in code input
mode.
[SR + (bank number) + (first 8 digits of
SIRIUS ID (ESN) )] are displayed.
The 4 digits following the first 8 digits are
displayed by turning the display feed dial
clockwise.
While the last 4 digits of the 12-digit
SIRIUS ID (ESN) are displayed, turning
the display feed dial displays the first 8
digits of SIRIUS ID (ESN).
(Master code input)
(How to clear the message)
l Turn off the ACC.
l Turn off the POWER.
l Press any one of the following buttons:
FM/AM, CD, MEDIA, SAT, ESN/
DISP, CAT, SCAN, Instant replay, or a
channel preset button.
l Insert or play a CD.
(If the SIRIUS ID (ESN) for the tuner
does not display)
If “ESN + FAIL” is displayed after
pressing the ESN button for 1.5 seconds
or longer, contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
3. “SR1 - - - -” appears, which indicates
that it is ready for code input.
4. Input the master code using the channel
preset buttons 1-4.
Press the auto memory button inputting
the code.
(The master code is already set at the
time of factory shipment.)
(Master code input determination)
5. Determine the master code which has
been input by pressing the auto
memory button briefly.
6. “PIN CLEARED” appears which
indicates that the master code input has
been completed.
7. The ID code is set to the default [0000]
and the initialization process is
completed.
NOTE
If the registered ID code is forgotten,
return the ID code to the default [0000] by
performing the following steps:
Setting condition: SAT mode
Master code:
The Master Code is used to initialize or reinitialize the ID code in the event that the code
is not set to [0000] and/or the personalized ID
code is not known. The initialization process
resets the ID code to [0000]. The master code
can potentially defeat the intent of the security
of the parental lock if it is located by persons
not authorized by the owner to access certain
channels.
(Master code input preparation)
SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]
1. Hold the auto memory button, then
press channel preset button 4, hold
both buttons together for 1.5 seconds.
(How to clear the message)
l Press any of the following FM/AM,
SAT, CD, MEDIA, CAT, ESN/DISP,
Instant replay, POWER buttons.
Initialization of ID code
6-41
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page250
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (250,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
l
Turn the ACC off or insert a CD.
NOTE
l
l
l
When a numeric value other than the
master code is input and the auto memory
button is pressed, “SR1 Err” is displayed
and then it returns to the “SR1 - - - -”
display again.
If an ID code is not input for 10 seconds,
“Err” is displayed and it returns to the
former display.
Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and the
auto memory button are used for inputting
the ID code. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be
used.
Change of ID code
Setting condition: SAT mode
(Registered ID code input)
1. Hold the auto memory button, then
press channel preset button 5, hold
both buttons together for 1.5 seconds.
2. “ENTER PIN” appears for 2 seconds
which indicates that it is in code input
mode.
3. “SR1 - - - -” appears, which indicates
that it is ready for code input.
4. Input the registered ID code using
channel preset buttons 1-4. Then press
the auto memory button.
Example: When the registered ID code
is “2323”, input “2323”. At this time
“SR1 2323” is displayed.
Press 1 for the first digit, 2 for the
second, 3 for the third, and 4 for the
last digit. For example, if your number
is 2323, press 1 three times, 2 four
times, 3 three, and 4 four times. If the
display goes off while inputting, begin
from Step 1.
6-42
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
NOTE
The registered ID code is the default [0000] at
the time of factory shipment. If [0000] results
in “Err” on the display, go to the
“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section to
reset to [0000].
(Verification with the registered ID
code)
5. Determine the input code by pressing
the auto memory button briefly.
6. If it does not match with the previously
registered code, “SR1 Err” is displayed
and then it returns to “SR1 - - - -”.
7. If it matches with the previously
registered code, “ENTER PIN” appears
again and it switches to code input
mode.
8. “SR1 - - - -” appears, and it is ready for
input of the new ID code.
(New ID code input)
9. Input the new ID code using channel
preset buttons 1-4.
Example: If “1234” is input as the new
code, “SR1 1234” is displayed.
Press the auto memory button after the
code is input.
(New ID code input determination)
10. Determine the new ID code which
has been input by pressing the auto
memory button briefly.
11. “PIN CHANGED” appears for 3
seconds which indicates that the new
ID code input has been completed.
12. It returns to the former display.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page251
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (251,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
(How to clear the message)
l Press any of the following FM/AM,
SAT, CD, MEDIA, CAT, ESN/DISP,
Instant replay, POWER buttons.
l Turn the ACC off or insert a CD.
NOTE
l
l
If an ID code is not input for 10 seconds,
“Err” is displayed and it returns to the
former display.
Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and the
auto memory button are used for input of
the ID code. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be
used.
Individual channel locking
If a channel is locked, the channel is
muted.
NOTE
If the registered ID code is forgotten, return
the ID code to the default [0000]. (See
“INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section)
(Locking a channel)
1. Select a channel to be locked by
pressing the tune button.Example:
Select channel 100
(Registered ID code input preparation)
2. Hold the auto memory button, then
press channel preset button 6, hold
both buttons together for 1.5 seconds.
3. “ENTER PIN” appears for 2 seconds
which indicates that it is in code input
mode.
4. “SR1 - - - -” appears which indicates
that it is ready for code input.
(Registered ID code input)
5. Input the registered ID code using
channel preset buttons 1-4. Example: If
the registered ID code is “2323”, input
“2323”. At this time “SR1 2323” is
displayed. Press the auto memory
button after the code is input.
(Registered ID code input
determination)
6. Determine the code which has been
input by pressing the auto memory
button briefly.
7. If it does not match the registered code,
“SR1 Err” is displayed and then it
returns to “SR1 - - - -”.
8. If it matches the registered code,
“SR1 LOCK” appears for 3 seconds
which indicates that the code input has
been completed.
9. “SR1 LOCK 100” appears which
indicates that the parental lock is
activated. At this time, mute is on and
no sound is heard.
(How to clear the message)
l Press any of the following FM/AM,
SAT, CD, MEDIA, CAT, ESN/DISP,
Instant replay, POWER buttons.
l Turn the ACC off or insert a CD.
NOTE
l
l
If an ID code is not input for 10 seconds,
“Err” is displayed and it returns to the
former display.
Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and the
auto memory button are used for input of
the ID code. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be
used.
Lock cancellation
Setting condition: SAT mode
6-43
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page252
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (252,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
(Releasing a locked channel)
1. Select a channel to be released by
pressing the tune button. Example:
Select the locked channel (i.e. 100). At
this time, “SR1 LOCK 100” is
displayed.
(Registered ID code input preparation)
2. Hold the auto memory button, then
press channel preset button 6, hold
both buttons together for 1.5 seconds.
3. “ENTER PIN” appears for 2 seconds
which indicates that it is in code input
mode.
4. “SR1 - - - -” appears, which indicates
that it is ready for code input.
(Registered ID code input)
5. Input the registered ID code using
channel preset buttons 1-4. Example:
When the registered ID code is “2323”,
input “2323”. At this time “SR1 2323”
is displayed. Press the auto memory
button after the code is input.
NOTE
If “Err” is displayed, go to the
“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section to
reset the ID code to [0000].
(Registered ID code input
determination)
6. Determine the input code by pressing
the auto memory button briefly.
7. If it does not match the registered code,
“SR1 Err” is displayed and then it
returns to “SR1 - - - -”.
8. If it matches the registered code,
“SR1 UNLOCK” appears for 3
seconds which indicates that the code
input has been completed.
6-44
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
9. “SR1 100” appears which indicates that
the parental lock is off. At this time,
sound is heard.
(How to clear the message)
l Press any of the following FM/AM,
SAT, CD, MEDIA, CAT, ESN/DISP,
Instant replay, POWER buttons.
l Turn the ACC off or insert a CD.
NOTE
l
l
If an ID code is not input for 10 seconds,
“Err” is displayed and it returns to the
former display.
Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and the
auto memory button are used for input of
the ID code. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be
used.
Error signs
(1) Depending on the surrounding
conditions (such as large trees,
buildings, or tunnels) and special
weather conditions, the reception of
SIRIUS radio waves may be
decreased or temporarily interrupted.
“ACQUIRING SIGNAL” may
appear.
(2) In case of an antenna malfunction,
“ANTENNA FAIL” is displayed.
Check the satellite radio antenna,
antenna cable and DLP antenna
connector.
NOTE
If a broken DLP* unit is replaced with a new
unit, cancel the license for the broken unit and
make sure to carry out new registration for the
replaced unit. If the license for the broken unit
is not canceled, you will be charged a
reception fee for both units.
* DLP: Down Link Processor
(SATELLITE RADIO Module)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page253
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (253,1)
MEMO
6-45
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page254
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (254,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player
Load button
CD slot
CD play button
CD eject button
Scan button
Fast-forward/Track
up button
Reverse/Track down
button
Display button
Repeat button
Random button
Type
Playable data
Music CD player
· Music data (CD-DA)
(non-MP3 compatible)
Inserting the CD
Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.
The auto-loading mechanism will set the
CD and begin play. There will be a short
lapse before play begins while the player
reads the digital signals on the CD.
Ejecting the CD
Press the CD eject button (
CD.
) to eject the
Playback
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If a CD is not in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
6-46
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
NOTE
When the load button (
) is pressed, the
CD will load and play even if the CD eject
button ( ) had been previously pressed.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
( ) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button ( ) to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page255
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (255,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Press the scan button (
) during
playback to start the scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
Press the scan button (
) again to
cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.
Repeat playback
This feature makes it possible to listen to
a selection repeatedly.
Press the repeat button (
) during
playback. The current selection will be
repeated (“RPT” will be displayed).
Press the repeat button (
) once again
to cancel repeat playback.
Random playback
This feature allows the CD player to
randomly select the order of the songs.
Press the random button (
) during
playback. The next selection will be
randomly selected (“RDM” will be
displayed).
Press the random button (
) once
again to cancel random playback.
Message display
If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it means
that there is some CD malfunction. Check
the CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, and
then properly reinsert. If the message
appears again, take the unit to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.
6-47
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page256
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (256,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer
Music CD player (non-MP3 compatible)
Channel preset buttons
Music CD/MP3 CD player (MP3 compatible)
CD slot CD play button
Load button
CD eject button
Scan button
Disc up/Folder up
button
Fast-forward/Track
up button
Disc down/Folder
down button
Reverse/Track down
button
Display button
Repeat button
Random button
There are two types of In-dash CD
changers. Check which In-dash CD
changer your vehicle is equipped with.
Type
Playable data
Music CD player
·Music data (CD-DA)
(non-MP3 compatible)
Music CD/MP3 CD
·Music data (CD-DA)
player
·MP3 file
(MP3 compatible)
NOTE
If a disc has both music data (CD-DA) and
MP3 files, playback of the two file types differs
depending on how the disc was recorded.
Display feed dial
Inserting the CD
The CD must be label-side up when
inserting. The auto-loading mechanism
will set the CD and begin play. There will
be a short lapse before play begins while
the player reads the digital signals on the
CD.
The disc number and the track number
will be displayed.
Normal insertion
1. Press the load button (
).
2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
Inserting CDs into desired tray number
1. Press and hold the load button (
)
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
6-48
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page257
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (257,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired tray number while “WAIT” is
displayed.
3. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
NOTE
The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray
number if the number is already occupied.
Multiple insertion
1. Press and hold the load button (
)
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.
3. When “IN” is displayed again, insert
the next CD.
NOTE
The first-inserted CD will be played
automatically when:
l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds
after “IN” is displayed.
l The CD trays are full.
Displaying the CD-inserted tray
number
When you want to know the number for a
CD-inserted tray, press the display button
). The tray number will be displayed
(
for 5 seconds.
Ejecting the CD
Normal ejection
1. Press the CD eject button ( ). The
disc number and “DISC OUT” will be
displayed.
2. Pull out the CD.
NOTE
When the CD is ejected during play, the next
CD will be played automatically.
Ejecting CDs from desired tray number
1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
The “DISC OUT” display flashes.
2. Press the channel preset button for the
desired CD number for less than 5
seconds after the beep sound is heard.
3. Pull out the CD.
Multiple ejection
1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )
for about 2 seconds until a beep sound
is heard.
The “DISC OUT” display flashes.
2. Press the CD eject button ( ) again
for less than 5 seconds after the beep
sound is heard.
NOTE
If the button is not pressed and about 5
seconds have elapsed while “DISC OUT” is
flashing, CDs are automatically ejected.
3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD will
be ejected.
NOTE
l
l
l
CDs will be ejected starting with the one
with the lowest number.
All CDs in the tray will be ejected
continuously.
CDs can be ejected when the ignition
switch is off. Press and hold the CD eject
button ( ) for about 2 seconds and all
CDs will eject.
Playback
Press the CD play button ( ) to start
play when a CD is in the unit.
If a CD is not in the unit when the CD
play button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”
will flash on and off.
6-49
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page258
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (258,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button
( ) to advance through a track at high
speed.
Press and hold the reverse button ( ) to
reverse through a track at high speed.
NOTE
Track search
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button ( ) once to
skip back to the beginning of the current
track.
Disc search
During music CD playback
To change the disc, press the DISC button
( or ) during playback.
During MP3 CD playback
To change the disc, press the DISC button
( or ) for 1.5 seconds or more during
playback.
Folder search (during MP3 CD
playback)
To change to the previous folder, press the
folder down button ( ) for less than 1.5
seconds, or press the folder up button ( )
for less than 1.5 seconds to advance to the
next folder.
Music scan
This feature helps to find a program by
playing about the first 10 seconds of each
track.
Press the scan button (
) during
playback to start the scan play operation
(the track number will flash).
Press the scan button (
) again to
cancel scan playback.
6-50
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback will
resume where scan was selected.
Repeat playback
During music CD playback
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
During MP3 CD playback
(Track repeat)
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “TRACK RPT” is
displayed.
2. To cancel the repeat playback, press the
button again after 3 seconds.
(Folder repeat)
1. Press the repeat button (
) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the current folder repeatedly.
“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
During music CD playback
1. Press the random button (
) during
playback to play the tracks in the CD
randomly. “RDM” is displayed.
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page259
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (259,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
During MP3 CD playback
MP3 CD
(Folder random)
Disc number/File
number/Elapsed time
display
1. Press the random button (
) during
playback to play the tracks in the folder
randomly. “FOLDER RDM” is
displayed.
Disc tray number
2. To cancel the random playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.
Disc number/Folder
number/Track number
(CD random)
File name
1. Press the random button (
) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks on the CD randomly.
“DISC RDM” is displayed.
Folder name
Album name (ID3 Tag)
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
Song name (ID3 Tag)
Switching the display (MP3 compatible
type)
Artist name (ID3 Tag)
Each time the display button (
) is
pressed during playback, the display will
switch in the following order.
Music CD
Disc number/Track
number/Elapsed time display
Disc tray number
File name display
Album name display
Artist name display
NOTE
(MP3 CD)
This unit can only read English (including
numerals) one-byte characters. Depending on
the CD writing software used, proper display
may not be possible.
Display scroll (MP3 compatible type)
Only 12 characters can be displayed at
one time. To display the rest of the
characters of a long title, turn the display
feed dial (
) to the right. Hidden
titles can be scrolled into the display one
character at a time.
NOTE
The displayable number of characters is
limited. If the number of characters, including
the file extension (.mp3), exceeds 32
characters, it may not be fully displayed.
6-51
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page260
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Message display
If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it means
that there is some CD malfunction. Check
the CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, and
then properly reinsert. If the message
appears again, take the unit to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer for service.
qOperating the Auxiliary jack
You can connect portable audio units or
similar products on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio
over the vehicle's speakers, refer to
Auxiliary Input (page 6-56).
6-52
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (260,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page261
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (261,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qError Indications
If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clear
the error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Indication
Cause
CD is inserted upside down
CHECK CD
CD is defective
Solution
Insert the CD properly. If the error indication
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer
Insert another CD properly. If the error indication
does not disappear, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer
6-53
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page262
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (262,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Audio Control Switch
Operation
When the audio unit is turned on,
operation of the audio unit from the
steering wheel is possible.
NOTE
With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/
Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigation
system
Use the Voice recognition/hands-free
switch for navigation system sound
operation.
For details, refer to the separate manual
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.
Because the audio unit will be turned off under
the following conditions, the switches will be
inoperable.
l When the ignition switch is turned to the
LOCK position.
l When the power button on the audio unit is
pressed and the audio unit is turned off.
l When the CD being played is ejected and
the audio unit is turned off.
Voice recognition/handsfree switch
Without Bluetooth Hands-Free and
navigation system
NOTE
l
l
6-54
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
The Voice recognition/hands-free switch is
operable with the audio unit turned off.
Mazda has installed this system to prevent
distraction while driving the vehicle and
using audio controls on the dashboard.
Always make safe driving your first priority.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page263
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:23 PM
Black plate (263,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
qAdjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, pull up the
volume switch.
To decrease the volume, press down the
volume switch.
NOTE
CD, CD changer, and SIRIUS digital satellite
radio modes cannot be selected in the
following cases:
· CD, CD changer, or SIRIUS digital satellite
radio unit is not equipped on the audio
system.
· CD has not been inserted.
Connect a portable audio unit or similar
product on the market to the auxiliary jack to
listen to music or audio over the vehicle's
speakers. Change the audio source to AUX
mode (page 6-56).
qSeek Switch
qChanging the Source
Press the mode switch (
) to change
the audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>
AM radio> CD player or CD changer>
SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3> AUX>
cyclical).
When listening to the radio
Pull up or press down the seek switch, the
radio switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored
(1―6).
Pull up or press down the seek switch for
about 2 seconds until a beep sound is
heard to seek all usable stations at a
higher or lower frequency whether
programmed or not.
6-55
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page264
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (264,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
When playing a CD
Pull up the seek switch to skip to the next
track.
Press down the seek switch to repeat the
current track.
AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)
You can connect portable audio units or
similar products on the market to the
auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio
over the vehicle's speakers.
qMute Switch í
Press the mute switch ( ) once to mute
audio, press it again to resume audio
output.
WARNING
Do not adjust the portable audio unit
or a similar product while driving the
vehicle:
Adjusting the portable audio unit or
a similar product while driving the
vehicle is dangerous as it could
distract your attention from the
vehicle operation which could lead to
a serious accident. Always adjust the
portable audio unit or a similar
product while the vehicle is stopped.
Do not allow the connection plug cord
to get tangled with the parking brake
or the shift lever:
Allowing the plug cord to become
tangled with the parking brake or
the shift lever is dangerous as it
could interfere with driving, resulting
in an accident.
6-56
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page265
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (265,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
CAUTION
Ø Close the cover when the auxiliary
jack is not in use to prevent
foreign objects and liquids from
getting into the auxiliary jack.
Ø Do not place objects or apply force
to the auxiliary jack with the plug
connected.
Ø Noise may occur during playback
if the accessory socket equipped
on the vehicle is used. (If noise
occurs, do not use the accessory
socket.)
To operate the portable audio unit
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the source change button
(
) of the audio unit or the mode
switch (
) of the audio control
switch to change to the AUX mode.
Audio Unit
Steering Switch
NOTE
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Before using the auxiliary jack, read the
manufacturer's instructions for the product
being connected.
Use a commercially-available, nonimpedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug for
connecting the portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliary
jack, read the manufacture's instructions
for connecting a portable audio unit to the
auxiliary jack.
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the auxiliary input for long periods
with the engine off or idling.
Noise may occur depending on the product
connected to the auxiliary jack.
With regard to connecting a portable audio
or similar device to a power source, use the
battery for the device, not the accessory
socket.
Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack
securely.
Insert or remove the plug with the plug
perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.
Insert or remove the plug by holding its
base.
NOTE
l
l
Set the volume of the portable audio unit to
the maximum within the range that the
sound does not become distorted, then
adjust the volume using the power/volume
dial of the audio unit or the volume switch
( ,
) of the audio control switch.
If the connection plug is pulled out from the
auxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noise
may occur.
6-57
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page266
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (266,1)
Interior Comfort
Audio System
Safety Certification
This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCC
requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services.
CAUTION
Ø This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified
service personnel.
If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD
player with the top case of the unit removed.
Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.
NOTE
For CD player section:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation.
6-58
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page267
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (267,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
Bluetooth Hands-Free í
qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?
Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline
By connecting a Bluetooth equipped
mobile telephone to the hands-free unit
equipped on the vehicle, making and
receiving calls are possible using the
voice recognition/hands-free switch
located on the steering wheel, and saying
the voice commands.
WARNING
Perform phonebook registration related
operations while the vehicle is parked:
Performing phonebook registration
while driving the vehicle could be a
distraction to your driving and result
in an unexpected accident. In
addition, a mistake in performing the
phonebook operation could result in
the loss of important data.
Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone
A Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone
communicates with the hands-free unit
equipped on the vehicle using radio
transmission (Bluetooth).
For example, if the mobile telephone is
placed in a coat pocket, the phone calls
can be made through your mobile service
without direct use of the mobile
telephone.
CAUTION
The types of mobile phones which
can be connected to the hands-free
unit are limited, so before purchasing
or changing your mobile phone
model, consult Mazda Bluetooth
Hands-Free Customer Service or visit
www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for a
complete list of compatible phones.
Mobile phones which can be
connected to the hands-free system
need to be compliant with Bluetooth
specifications and the appropriate
profile, however, even among these
Bluetooth phones are some which
will not connect with your Mazda or
will have limited function. Therefore,
consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free
Customer Service for information
regarding mobile phone
compatibility:
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/
bluetooth
Applicable Bluetooth specification
Ver. 1.1 or higher
Response profile
l HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0
l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)
Ver. 1.1
Bluetooth is the registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc.
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
6-59
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page268
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (268,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
NOTE
l
l
If the ignition switch is turned off during a
hands-free call, the line is transferred to the
mobile telephone automatically.
If the mobile telephone is in a location
where radio reception is difficult such as a
metal container or in the trunk, the call may
not be connected using Bluetooth. If
communication is not possible, change the
location of the mobile telephone.
Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switch
operations
A short press or a long press of the voice
recognition/hands-free switch is used to
operate the system as follows:
l Short press (Press the button less than
0.7 sec.)
l Long press (Press the button 0.7 sec. or
more.)
Information display
qComponent parts
Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of the
following items:
l Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switch
l Information display
l Microphone
l Audio unit/Navigation system
When available, the information display
shows telephone numbers, Bluetooth
Hands-Free messages, and operation
status.
Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switch
Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Free
can be used for such things as making
calls or hanging up using the voice
recognition/hands-free switch on the
steering wheel.
Microphone
The microphone is used for speaking
voice commands or exchanging
conversation.
Microphone
Voice recognition/handsfree switch (Phone button)
6-60
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page269
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (269,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
Audio unit/Navigation system
The audio unit or navigation system is
used for adjusting the volume.
If Bluetooth Hands-Free is operated,
information such as mobile phone signal
strength of Bluetooth Hands-Free are
displayed on the screen. (With navigation
system)
Close the windows and/or the
moonroof to reduce loud noises from
outside the vehicle, or turn down the
airflow of the climate control system
while Bluetooth Hands-Free is being
used. Voice recognition may not
function correctly or voice quality may
deteriorate under the following
conditions.
A passenger is speaking.
Driving with the window and/or the
moonroof open.
Driving on bumpy roads.
Noise outside of the vehicle is loud.
(Construction sites, inside tunnels,
excess oncoming traffic, or heavy
rain.)
Operation noise from turn signals,
wipers, or the horn is heard.
A/C airflow is strong or wind is
blowing on the microphone.
There is noise coming from cargo
loaded in the vehicle.
l Voice commands may not be
recognized depending on the voice. If
the voice commands are not recognized
correctly, repeat the commands in a
louder voice, at a natural pace, as if
speaking to another person.
l Dialects or different wording other than
hands-free prompts cannot be
recognized by voice recognition. Speak
in the wording specified by the voice
commands.
Please be aware that the voice recognition
may error despite following the above
points.
l
l
l
l
l
l
Bluetooth Hands-Free information
qVoice
To prevent the deterioration in voice
recognition rate and voice quality, the
following points must be observed:
l It is not necessary to face the
microphone or approach it. Speak the
voice commands while maintaining a
safe driving position.
l
l
6-61
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page270
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (270,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
qFunction restrictions while using
Bluetooth Hands-Free
Some functions are limited while
Bluetooth Hands-Free is being used. They
include:
l Beep sound and voice guidance related
to the audio unit and navigation system
are not heard.
l Beep sound related to the A/C
operation is not heard.
l The navigation system's voice
recognition command does not
function.
qHow to use this section
Descriptions in the text are as follows:
Say: Voice commands to be spoken by
you.
Prompt: Voice guidance output from the
speaker.
NOTE
Say voice commands after the beep sound
[Beep] is heard.
Example)
Say: [Beep] “Dial”
Prompt: “Number, please”
Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”
Bluetooth Hands-Free Activation
Method
1. Program the mobile telephone (Pairing)
Refer to Bluetooth Hands-Free
preparation on page 6-63.
2. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
6-62
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
NOTE
For vehicles with the navigation system, you
can also press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press and Say: [Beep]
“Telephone” or “Phone”.
The hands-free system is activated.
Functions of the hands-free telephone,
such as making and receiving calls, can be
used after the activation. (For details on
the telephone functions, refer to “Basic
Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation” or
“Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System”.)
NOTE
For vehicles with a navigation system, the
system operates by speaking the voice
recognition command of the navigation system
after pressing the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press. For voice
recognition details with the navigation system,
refer to the separate “NAVIGATION SYSTEM
MANUAL”.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page271
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (271,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
Basic Bluetooth HandsFree Operation
qBluetooth Hands-Free preparation
Language setting
The available languages are English,
Spanish, and Canadian French. If the
language setting is changed, all of the
voice guidance and voice input
commands are done in the selected
language.
NOTE
7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)
selected. Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “French (Desired language)
selected, returning to main menu”
(Spoken in the newly selected
language).
Method 2
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
If the language setting is changed, phone
registration is maintained.
Phonebook records are not cleared, but each
language has a separate phonebook.
Therefore, entries created in one language will
need to be re-entered in the phonebook of the
new language.
3. Prompt: “Would you like to change
the language to French (Desired
language) ?”
Method 1
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching to
French phone book. French selected,
returning to main menu” (Spoken in
the newly selected language).
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
Mobile telephone programming
(Pairing)
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
select phone, language, or passcode, or
say “cancel” to return to the main
menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Language”
5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,
French, or Spanish.”
2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desired
language: “English”, “French”, or
“Spanish”.)
To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, a mobile
phone equipped with Bluetooth has to be
programmed to the hands-free unit using
the following procedure.
Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobile
telephones can be programmed to the
vehicle.
6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak the
desired language: “English”, “French”
or “Spanish”)
6-63
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page272
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (272,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
NOTE
l
l
A mobile telephone can be programmed
only when the vehicle is parked.
Since the communication range of a
Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone is
about 10 meters (32 ft), if a mobile
telephone is placed within a 10-meter (32
ft) radius of the vehicle, it may be detected/
programmed unintentionally while another
telephone is being programmed.
1. Activate the Bluetooth application of
the mobile telephone.
NOTE
For the operation of the mobile telephone,
refer to its instruction manual.
2. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a long press.
3. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
4. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
select phone, language, or passcode, or
say “cancel” to return to the main
menu.”
5. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
6. Prompt: “Do you want to pair a phone,
delete a phone, or list paired phones?”
11. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
12. If “Yes”, go to Step 13.
If “No”, the procedure returns to Step
8.
13. Prompt: “Start pairing procedure on
phone. See phone's manual for
instructions.”
14. Using the mobile telephone, perform
a search for the Bluetooth device
(Peripheral device).
NOTE
For the operation of the mobile telephone,
refer to its instruction manual.
15. Select “Mazda” from the device list
searched by the mobile phone.
16. Input the 4-digit pairing code set in
Step 9 to the mobile telephone.
17. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
phone after the beep.”
18. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Speak a
“phone tag”, an arbitrary name for the
phone.)
Example: “Stan's phone.”
NOTE
8. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairing
code.”
Speak a programmed “phone tag” within 10
seconds.
If more than two mobile telephones are to be
programmed, they cannot be programmed with
the same or similar “phone tag”.
9. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Speak an
arbitrary 4-digit pairing code. This can
be any combination of 4 numbers.)
19. Prompt: “Adding XXXXXX - - (Ex. “Stan's phone”) (Phone tag). Is
this correct?”
NOTE
20. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
Record the code as it will be used to program
your phone in Step 16.
21. Prompt: “Assign a priority for this
phone between 1 and 7, where 1 is
the phone used most often.”
7. Say: [Beep] “Pair a phone”
10. Prompt: “Pairing code XXXX (4digit number). Is this correct?”
6-64
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page273
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (273,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
22. Say: [Beep] “1” (Speak a number of
the desired priority from 1 to 7.)
NOTE
l
l
Normally, “1” is to be input (Highest
priority).
If more than two mobile telephones are
registered, input the priority order from 1 to
7.
23. Prompt: “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan's
phone”) (Phone tag) set to priority X
(Priority number). Is this correct?”
24. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
25. Prompt: “Pairing complete”
After a mobile telephone is registered, the
system automatically identifies the phone.
By pressing the voice recognition/handsfree switch again, or by pressing the voice
recognition/hands-free switch first after
turning the ignition switch from the
LOCK to the ACC position, the system
reads out a voice guidance, “XXXXXX - - (Ex. “Stan's phone”) (Phone tag) is
connected”. If two or more telephones are
registered, the one with the highest
priority is selected.
5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX
(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)
is this correct?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.
7. When “Yes” is spoken, the call is
made.
When “No” is spoken, the procedure
returns to Step 3.
qReceiving an incoming call
1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press the
phone button to answer”.
2. To accept the call, press the voice
recognition/hands-free switch with a
short press.
To reject the call, press the voice
recognition/hands-free switch with a
long press.
qHanging up a call
Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch during the call with a long press.
Beep will confirm that call is ended.
qMaking a call using a telephone
number
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
3. Prompt: “Number, please”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”
6-65
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page274
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (274,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
qVolume adjustment
The power/volume dial of the audio unit
or navigation system is used to adjust the
volume. Turn the dial to the right to
increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
Audio unit
Navigation system
Convenient Use of the
Hands-Free System
qPhone book usage
Phone book registration
Phone numbers can be registered to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phone book.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Phone book”
NOTE
l
l
The volume can also be adjusted using the
volume button on the steering wheel.
The music volume of the audio unit and the
navigation system cannot be adjusted while
Bluetooth Hands-Free is being used.
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
new entry, edit, list names, delete or
erase all..., or say “cancel” to return to
main menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”
5. Prompt: “Name please.”
qHelp function use
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)
The help function informs the user of all
the available voice commands under the
current conditions.
7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Registered voice
tag). Is this correct?”
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
2. Say: [Beep] “Help”
9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Pager?”
3. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,
“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Pager”, for the
desired location to be registered.)
11. Prompt: “Mobile” (Location to be
registered). Is this correct?
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
13. Prompt: “Number, please.”
6-66
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page275
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (275,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Ex. “555-1234”)” (Say the phone
number to be registered.)
5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “at
home”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag and
phone number location registered in
phone book).
15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-1234”) (Phone number
registration). Is this correct? ”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
16. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to add another number for this
entry?”
qRedialing function
18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.
19. If “Yes”, an additional phone number
registration can be made for the same
entry.
If “No”, the procedure proceeds to
Step 20.
Redialing the number of the person
previously dialed using the phone is
possible.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
20. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”
2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
Making calls using the phone book
3. Prompt: “Dialing”
Telephone calls can be made by saying
the name of a person (voice tag) whose
phone number has been registered in
Bluetooth Hands-Free in advance.
For the phone book setting method, refer
to (page 6-69).
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Call”
3. Prompt: “Name please.”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag registered in
the phone book.)
qEmergency calls
A call can be made to the emergency
phone number (911) using the voice input
command.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”
3. Prompt: “Calling “911”, is this
correct?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
5. Prompt: “Dialing”
6-67
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page276
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (276,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
qRefusing an incoming call
2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”
For incoming call refusal, refer to
“Receiving an incoming call” (page 6-65).
3. Prompt: “Transferred call to Hands
Free system”
qMute
Call waiting
A call can be interrupted to receive an
incoming call from a third party.
The microphone can be muted during a
call.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”
3. Prompt: “Microphone muted”
Canceling mute
Call interrupt
A call can be switched to a new incoming
call.
Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
NOTE
l
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”
3. Prompt: “Microphone unmuted”
qTransferring a call
Transferring a call from Hands-Free to
a mobile phone
Communication between the hands-free
unit and a mobile phone is canceled, and
the line can be switched to a standard call
using a mobile phone.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”
3. Prompt: “Transferred call to phone”
Transferring a call from a mobile
phone to Hands-Free
Communication between mobile phones
can be switched to the Bluetooth HandsFree system.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
6-68
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
l
To refuse an incoming call, press the voice
recognition/hands-free switch with a long
press.
After receiving a new incoming call, the
previous call is placed on hold.
Switching calls
Switching back to the previous call can
also be done.
Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
Ending the current call
Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch during the call with a long press.
qVoice guidance interrupt operation
Voice guidance can be stopped by
pressing the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press while it is being
heard. A new voice input command can
then be spoken by the user.
· Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page277
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (277,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
qPhone book settings
Editing phone book
The data registered to the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phone book can be edited.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Phone book”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
new entry, edit, list names, delete or
erase all..., or say “cancel” to return to
main menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to edit, or say
“List names”..., or say “cancel” to
return to main menu.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say the voice tag for the
registered name to be edited in the
phone book.)
7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Pager?”
NOTE
If there was no previous phone number
registered to a location (Ex. “Work”), the
prompt will only read out “Number, please”.
12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Ex. “666-1234”)” (Say the new
phone number to be registered.)
13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“666-1234”) (The new phone number
to be registered). Is this correct?”
14. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
15. Prompt: “Number changed. Would
you like to call this number, edit
another entry..., or say “cancel” to
return to main menu.”
Phone book data deletion
Erasing individual phone book data
Individual data registered to the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phone book can be cleared.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Phone book”
8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say the
registered location to be edited:
“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or
“Pager”).
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
new entry, edit, list names, delete or
erase all..., or say “cancel” to return to
main menu.”
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX
(Ex. “home”) (Registered location). Is
this correct?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “The current number is
XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)
(Currently registered number). New
number, please.”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to delete, or say
“List names”..., or say “cancel” to
return to main menu.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say the registered voice tag
to be deleted from the phone book.)
6-69
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page278
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (278,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)
Home (Registered location). Is this
correct?”
Read-out of names registered to the
Bluetooth Hands-Free phone book
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
The Bluetooth Hands-Free system can
read out the list of names registered to its
phone book.
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) Home
(Registered location) deleted, returning
to main menu.”
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
Complete deletion of the phone book
data
2. Say: [Beep] “Phone book”
All data registered to the Bluetooth
Hands-Free phone book can be erased.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Phone book”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
new entry, edit, list names, delete or
erase all..., or say “cancel” to return to
main menu.”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
new entry, edit, list names, delete or
erase all..., or say “cancel” to return to
main menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “List names”
5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”, Mary's
phone, Bill's phone)” (Voice guidance
reads out the voice tags registered to
the phone book.)
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch during the read-out at the desired
name, and then say one of the following
voice commands to execute it.
l “Continue”: Continues the voice
guidance.
l “Call”: Calls the registered phone
number.
l “Edit”: Edits the registered phone
number.
l “Delete”: Deletes the registered phone
number.
l “Previous”: Returns to the previous
phone number.
l “Cancel”: Returns to main menu.
9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing the
Hands Free system phone book.”
6. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
10. Prompt: “Hands-Free system phone
book erased, returning to main
menu.”
7. Say: [Beep] “No”
4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”
5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want to
erase everything from your Hands Free
system phone book?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “You are about to delete
everything from your Hands Free
system phone book. Do you want to
continue?”
6-70
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
8. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page279
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (279,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
Hands-Free Telephone Setting
qMobile phone
Mobile phone registration
For the registration of a Bluetooth
equipped mobile telephone to Bluetooth
Hands-Free, refer to “Bluetooth HandsFree preparation” (page 6-63).
Registered mobile phone read-out
Bluetooth Hands-Free can read-out the
mobile phones registered to its system.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
pairing options, confirmation prompts,
select phone, language, or passcode...,
or say “cancel” to return to main
menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch during the read-out at the desired
phone, and then say one of the following
voice commands to execute it.
l “Select”: Programmed the mobile
phone when the voice recognition/
hands-free switch was pressed.
l “Continue”: Continues the voice
guidance.
l “Delete”: Deletes the registered mobile
phone.
l “Previous”: Returns to the previous
mobile phone.
8. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
9. Say: [Beep] “No”
10. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”
Mobile phone selection
This function is for switching to a
different mobile phone which has been
registered beforehand. The selected
mobile phone will remain in effect until
the ignition switch is turned off.
5. Prompt: “Do you want to pair a
phone, delete a phone, or list paired
phones?”
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
6. Say: [Beep] “List phones”
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. Phone A, phone B,
phone C)” (The voice guidance reads
out the phone tags registered to the
hands-free system.)
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
pairing options, confirmation prompts,
select phone, language, or passcode...,
or say “cancel” to return to main
menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”
5. Prompt: “Please say 1 (priority 1) for
XXXXX... (Ex. phone A), 2 (priority
2) for XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)”
6-71
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page280
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (280,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
6. Say: [Beep] “2” (Say the priority
number for the mobile phone to be
used as first priority.)
7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)
(Registered phone tag) selected, is this
correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)
(Phone tag) will temporarily override
phone priorities, returning to main
menu.”
Registered mobile phone deletion
Registered mobile phones can be deleted
individually or collectively.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
pairing options, confirmation prompts,
select phone, language, or passcode...,
or say “cancel” to return to main
menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Do you want to pair a
phone, delete a phone, or list paired
phones?”
7. Prompt: “Please say 1 (priority 1) for
XXXXX... (Ex. phone A), 2 (priority
2) for XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)”
(The voice guidance reads out each
phone in the order of priority and the
phone tag).
8. Say: [Beep] “2” (Say the order of
priority of the mobile phone to be
deleted.)
NOTE
Say “All” to delete all mobile phones.
9. Prompt: “Removing XXXXX... (Ex.
phone B...) (Registered phone tag). Is
this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “Deleted”
qSecurity setting
If a passcode is set, the system cannot be
activated unless the passcode is input.
Passcode setting
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
A registered mobile phone can be deleted
using the registration list.
3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:
pairing options, confirmation prompts,
select phone, language, or passcode...,
or say “cancel” to return to main
menu.”
6. Say: [Beep] “Delete phone”
4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”
NOTE
5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Would
you like to enable it?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
6-72
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page281
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (281,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
7. Prompt:“Please say a 4-digit passcode.
Remember this passcode. It will be
required to use this system.”
8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired 4digit passcode, “PCode”.)
9. Prompt:“Passcode XXXX (Passcode,
PCode). Is this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled,
returning to main menu.”
Using Bluetooth Hands-Free with a
passcode
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Prompt:“Hands-Free system is locked.
State the passcode to continue.”
3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the set
passcode “PCode”.)
4. If the correct passcode is input, voice
guidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone) (Phone tag) is connected” is
announced.
If the passcode is incorrect, voice
guidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,
Pcode) incorrect passcode, please try
again” is announced.
Canceling the passcode
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
pairing options, confirmation prompts,
select phone, language, or passcode...,
or say “cancel” to return to main
menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”
5. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled. Would
you like to disable it?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt:“Passcode is disabled,
returning to main menu.”
Confirmation Prompts
The confirmation prompt confirms the
command content to the user before
advancing to the operation requested by
the user. When this function is turned on,
the system reads out the voice input
command previously received and
confirms whether the command is correct
before advancing to the command
execution.
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned on:
(Ex. “Calling John's phone. Is this
correct?”)
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned off:
(Ex. “Calling John's phone.”)
NOTE
If the confirmation prompt function is turned
off when making an emergency call, the system
reads out and confirms the command before
executing it.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
6-73
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page282
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (282,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:
pairing options, confirmation prompts,
select phone, language, or passcode...,
or say “cancel” to return to main
menu.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”
5. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts are
on/off. Would you like to turn
confirmation prompts off/on?”
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
3. Prompt: “This operation must be
performed in a quiet environment while
the vehicle is stopped. See the owner's
manual for the list of required training
phrases. Press and release the phone
button when you are ready to begin.
Press and hold the phone button to
cancel at any time.”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
4. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
7. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts are
off/on, returning to main menu.”
5. The voice guidance reads out the voice
input command number (refer to the
voice input command list for voice
recognition learning). (Ex. “Please read
phrase 1”)
qVoice recognition learning
function (Speaker enrollment)
The voice recognition learning function
enables voice recognition appropriate to
the characteristics of the user's voice.
If the recognition of the voice input
commands to the system is not adequate,
this function can largely improve the
system's voice recognition of the user. If
your voice can be recognized sufficiently
without using this function, you may not
realize the added benefit of the function.
To register your voice, the voice input
command list must be read out. Read out
the list when the vehicle is parked.
Perform the registration in as quite a place
as possible (page 6-61).
The registration must be performed
completely. The required time is a few
minutes. The user needs to be seated in
the driver's seat with the voice input
command list for voice recognition
learning open to the page indicated below.
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press (without
navigation system) or a long press
(with navigation system).
6-74
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say the
voice input command for voice
recognition learning (1 to 8) according
to the voice guidance.)
7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment is
complete, returning to main menu.”
Voice input command list for voice
recognition learning
When reading out, the following points
must be observed:
l Read out the numbers one at a time
correctly and naturally.
(For example, “1234” must be read out
“one, two, three, four”, not “twelve, thirty
four”.)
l Do not read out parentheses. “ (” and
hyphens “-” are used for separating
numbers in a phone number.
Ex.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page283
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (283,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
“ (888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight,
eight, eight, five, five, five, one, two, one,
two.”
Phrase
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Command
0123456789
(888) 555-1212
Call
Dial
Setup
Cancel
Continue
Help
NOTE
After user voice registration is completed,
voice guidance “Speaker enrollment is
complete, returning to main menu” is
announced.
When Bluetooth HandsFree cannot be used
Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used
under the following conditions:
l The mobile telephone is outside of the
communication area.
l The mobile telephone has a
malfunction.
l The mobile telephone is not connected
to the hands-free unit equipped on the
vehicle.
l The mobile telephone battery is weak.
l The mobile telephone is turned off.
l The mobile telephone is placed where
radio reception is difficult.
qDTMF (dual tone multifrequency signal) transmission
This function is used when transmitting
DTMF via the user's voice. The receiver
of a DTMF transmission is generally a
home telephone answering machine or a
company's automated guidance call center
(When you send tone signals back
according to the voice guidance
recording).
1. Press the voice recognition/hands-free
switch with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (Say
DTMF code)
3. Prompt: “Sending XXXX... (DTMF
code)”
6-75
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page284
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (284,1)
Interior Comfort
Bluetooth Hands-Free
Safety Certification
FCC ID: CB2MBLUEC07 IC:279BMBLUEC07
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
The term “IC: ” before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter. End-users and installers must
be provided with installation instructions
and transmitter operating conditions for
satisfying RF exposure compliance.
6-76
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Mazda Bluetooth HandsFree Customer Service
For toll-free Bluetooth Hands-Free
customer service call 800-430-0153 or go
to www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for
assistance.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page285
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (285,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Sunvisors
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for
use in front or swing it to the side.
Sunvisor
qVanity Mirrors
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
The vanity mirror light will illuminate
when you open the cover.
Interior Lights
qIlluminated Entry System
When the illuminated entry system
operates, the overhead light (switch is in
the DOOR position) and the courtesy
lights turn on for:
l About 30 seconds after the driver's
door is unlocked and the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position (with
the ignition key removed).
l About 15 seconds after all doors are
closed (If your vehicle is equipped with
the advanced key, the overhead light
turns on for about 5 seconds when the
advanced key is outside of the vehicle).
l About 15 seconds after the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position (with
the ignition key removed) with all
doors closed.
The light also turns off when:
l The ignition switch is turned to the ON
position and all doors are closed.
l The driver's door is locked.
NOTE
Battery saver
If any door is left opened, the light goes out
after about 30 minutes to save the battery.
The light turns on again when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position, or when
any door is opened after all doors have been
closed.
6-77
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page286
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (286,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qOverhead Lights
qMap Lights
Front
The map lights are switched on or off by
pressing the switches.
Switch Position
Front Overhead Lights
Light off
Light is on when any door is
open
Light is on or off when the
illuminated entry system is
on
l
l
qCourtesy Lights
Turns on when any door is open or the
illuminated entry system is on.
Rear
Courtesy Light
Switch
Position
Rear Overhead Lights
Light off
Light is on when any door is open
Light is on or off when the
illuminated entry system is on
Light on
6-78
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page287
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (287,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Information Display
Clock
Audio display
Climate control display /
Ambient temperature display
Hands-free display
qInformation Display Functions
The information display has the following functions:
l Clock
l Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)
l Climate Control Display
l Audio Display
í
l Bluetooth Hands-Free Display (Refer to “the Bluetooth Hands-Free” (page 6-59))
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
6-79
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page288
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (288,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qClock
When the ignition switch is in the ACC or
ON position, the time is displayed.
NOTE
When the :00 button is released, the seconds
will start at “00”.
With navigation system
Refer to the separate manual
“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.
NOTE
Minutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS,
however, it is necessary to adjust hours under
the following conditions:
l Driving across different time zones
l Daylight saving time start and end
qAmbient Temperature Display
Without navigation system
Time setting
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
2. Adjust the time using the time setting
buttons ( , ).
The hours advance while the time
setting button ( ) is pressed.
The minutes advance while the time
setting button ( ) is pressed.
Time resetting
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or
ON position.
2. Press and hold the :00 button for 1.5
seconds or more. The displayed time
flashes.
3. When the button is released, the time
will be reset as follows:
(Example)
12:01―12:29→12:00
12:30―12:59→1:00
6-80
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, press the
switch to
display the ambient temperature.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page289
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (289,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
NOTE
l
Under the following conditions, the ambient
temperature display may differ from the
actual ambient temperature depending on
the surroundings and vehicle conditions:
Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
Sudden changes in ambient temperature.
The vehicle is parked.
The vehicle is driven at low speeds.
Press the
switch a few seconds
or more to switch the display from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa.
(With fully automatic climate control
system)
switch again to switch
Press the
the display from ambient temperature to the
temperature set for the air conditioner.
l
Lighter
The ignition switch must be in the ACC
or ON position
1. Open the cover.
l
l
l
l
l
qClimate Control Display
The climate control system status is
displayed. To operate the climate control
system, refer to “Climate Control System”
(page 6-2).
2. Press the lighter in and release it. When
ready for use, it automatically pops out.
qAudio Display
The audio system status is displayed. To
operate the audio system, refer to
“Audio System” (page 6-15).
6-81
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page290
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (290,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
CAUTION
Ø Don't touch the metal part of the
lighter, you may burn yourself.
Ø Don't hold the lighter in because it
will overheat.
Ø Don't use the lighter socket for
plug-in accessories such as
shavers and coffee pots. They may
damage it or cause electrical
failure. Use only a genuine Mazda
lighter or the equivalent.
Ø If the lighter doesn't pop out
within 30 seconds, remove it to
prevent overheating.
Ashtray
CAUTION
Do not use the ashtray for trash. You
might start a fire.
To use, open the cover.
To remove, open the cover and pull up the
ashtray.
6-82
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page291
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (291,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Cup Holder
WARNING
qFront
To use, slide the lid while pushing the
button until you hear a click sound.
Never use a cup holder to hold hot
liquids while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving is
dangerous. If the contents spill, you
could be scalded.
Do not put anything other than cups or
drink cans in cup holders:
Putting objects other than cups or
drink cans in a cup holder is
dangerous.
During sudden braking or
maneuvering, occupants could be hit
and injured, or objects could be
thrown around the vehicle, causing
interference with the driver and the
possibility of an accident. Only use a
cup holder for cups or drink cans.
CAUTION
To reduce the possibility of injury in
an accident or a sudden stop, keep
cup holders closed when not in use.
CAUTION
Do not use a cup holder with the lid
unlocked. During sudden braking or
maneuvering, the lid could slide
forward causing the cup contents to
spill.
qRear
To use, pull the lid up.
6-83
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page292
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (292,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Storage Compartments
WARNING
qCoin Box
To open, press the release catch down and
pull the lid downward.
Keep storage boxes closed when
driving:
Driving with the storage boxes open
is dangerous. To reduce the
possibility of injury in an accident or
a sudden stop, keep the storage
boxes closed when driving.
CAUTION
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in
the storage boxes while parked under
the sun. A lighter could explode or
the plastic material in eyeglasses
could deform and crack from high
temperature.
qOverhead Console
This console box is designed to store
accessories. Push and release to open.
qGlove Box
To open the glove box, pull the latch
toward you.
Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn it
clockwise to lock, counterclockwise to
unlock.
* Advanced key equipped vehicle
Unlock
Lock
6-84
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page293
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (293,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
qCenter Console
Front
Rear
To open, pull the release catch.
1. Slide the lid while pushing the button
until you hear a click sound.
CAUTION
2. Open the lid.
Do not place bottles filled with fluid
(e.g. cosmetic fragrance) in the
console box. If the fluid leaks, it could
damage the electrical wiring.
qStorage Box
The storage box is designed to store
accessories.
6-85
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page294
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (294,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
To open, squeeze the latch and pull the lid
down.
When closing the storage box, put the
storage box back in its original position
until you hear a click sound.
NOTE
When using the storage box to store heavy
accessories, remove the storage box before
placing or removing the accessories.
Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn it
clockwise to lock, counterclockwise to
unlock.
* Advanced key equipped vehicle
Unlock
Lock
6-86
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Loading long objects with storage box
removed
The storage box can be removed for
convenient loading of long objects such as
skis placed through the trunk.
WARNING
Secure long objects in the trunk so that
they cannot be thrown forward in the
cabin and avoid sudden breaking or
maneuvering:
Sudden braking or maneuvering
while long objects are loaded
through the removed storage box
area and into the trunk is dangerous.
Operation of the shift/selector lever
could be obstructed resulting in a
serious accident.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page295
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (295,1)
Interior Comfort
Interior Equipment
Accessory Socket
The accessory socket can be used
regardless of the position of the ignition
switch.
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
The accessory socket is in the center
console.
NOTE
To prevent discharging of the battery, do not
use the socket for long periods with the engine
off or idling.
CAUTION
To prevent accessory socket damage
or electrical failure, pay attention to
the following:
Ø Do not use accessories that require
more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
Ø Do not use accessories that are not
genuine Mazda accessories or the
equivalent.
Ø Close the cover when the accessory
socket is not in use to prevent
foreign objects and liquids from
getting into the accessory socket.
Ø Correctly insert the plug into the
accessory socket.
Noise may occur on the audio
playback depending on the device
connected to the accessory socket.
6-87
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page296
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
6-88
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (296,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page297
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
7
Black plate (297,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.
Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2
Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2
Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3
Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair
Kit ............................................................................................. 7-5
Changing the Tire .................................................................... 7-11
Overheating ................................................................................. 7-16
Overheating ............................................................................. 7-16
Emergency Starting ....................................................................
Starting a Flooded Engine .......................................................
Jump-Starting ..........................................................................
Push-Starting ...........................................................................
7-18
7-18
7-19
7-22
Emergency Towing .....................................................................
Towing Description .................................................................
Tiedown Hooks .......................................................................
Recreational Towing ...............................................................
7-23
7-23
7-24
7-25
7-1
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page298
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
In Case of an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash.
NOTE
l
l
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle is
being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
7-2
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (298,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page299
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (299,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit
Tool box
Jack
Lug wrench
Jack handle
Tiedown eyelet
7-3
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page300
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (300,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qJack
To remove the jack
1. Open the tool box.
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spare tires should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.
WARNING
2. Turn the jack screw counterclockwise.
To secure the jack
Perform the removal procedure in reverse.
qSpare Tire
A temporary spare tire is not equipped
with your Mazda. If an emergency tire
repair is needed, repair the flat tire with
the emergency flat tire repair kit (page
7-5). If you require a temporary spare tire,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When installing a temporary spare tire,
follow the manufacturer's instructions for
the temporary spare tire.
7-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Do not install the temporary spare tire
in place of the rear wheels (driving
wheels):
Driving with the temporary spare tire
on one of the rear driving wheels is
dangerous. Especially on ice or snow.
Handling will be affected. You could
lose control of the vehicle and have
an accident. Move a regular tire to
the rear wheel and install the
temporary spare tire to the front.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page301
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (301,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
CAUTION
Ø When using the temporary spare
tire, driving stability may decrease
compared to when using only the
conventional tire.
Drive carefully.
Ø To avoid damage to the temporary
spare tire or to the vehicle, observe
the following precautions:
Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50
mph).
Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.
Also, do not drive through an
automatic car wash. This tire's
diameter is smaller than a
conventional tire's, so the
ground clearance is reduced
about 25 mm (1 in).
Ø Do not use a tire chain on this
tire because it won't fit
properly.
Ø Do not use your temporary
spare tire on any other vehicle;
it has been designed only for
your Mazda.
Ø Use only one temporary spare
tire on your vehicle at the same
time.
(With limited slip differential)
When using the temporary spare tire
on the rear axle, replace it with a
standard tire as soon as possible. The
size difference between the spare and
the standard tire will cause the
limited slip differential to
malfunction.
Instant Mobility System
(IMS) Emergency Flat
Tire Repair Kit
The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit
included with your Mazda is for a
temporary repair of a slightly damaged
flat tire resulting from running over nails
or similar sharp objects on the road
surface.
NOTE
Your vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire.
In the event of a flat tire, use the emergency
flat tire repair kit to repair the tire temporarily.
When doing the repair, refer to the instructions
included in the emergency flat tire repair kit.
After temporarily repairing a tire with the
emergency flat tire repair kit, take your vehicle
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the tire
replaced.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the
temporary spare tire. The warning light will
flash continuously while the temporary spare
tire is being used (page 5-31).
7-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page302
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (302,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qAbout the IMS Emergency Flat
Tire Repair Kit
The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit
includes the following items.
NOTE
l
l
The tire sealant cannot be reused. Purchase
new tire sealant at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
The emergency flat tire repair kit cannot be
used in the following cases.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The period of effective use for the tire
sealant has expired. (The period of
effectiveness is indicated on the bottle
label.)
The tear or puncture exceeds about
4 mm (0.16 in).
The damage has occurred to an area of
the tire other than the tread.
The vehicle has been driven with nearly
no air remaining in the tire.
The tire has come off the wheel rim.
Damage to the wheel rim has occurred.
The tire has two or more punctures.
l
Compressor
Tire sealant
l
Injection hose
l
Spare valve
core
Repaired tire
sticker
Valve core
tool
l
l
l
l
Instruction
Case
Speed restriction
sticker
WARNING
Do not allow children to touch the tire
sealant:
Ingestion of tire sealant is dangerous.
In the event tire sealant is
accidentally swallowed, drink large
amounts of water immediately and
seek medical assistance.
Do not allow children to touch the tire
sealant:
Tire sealant that comes into contact
with the eyes and skin is dangerous.
If tire sealant enters the eyes or
contacts the skin, flush immediately
with large amounts of water and
seek medical assistance.
7-6
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
qUsing the IMS Emergency Flat
Tire Repair Kit
1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in Park (P), a manual
transmission in Reverse (R) or 1, and
turn off the engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page303
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (303,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
4. Unload passengers and luggage, and
remove the emergency flat tire repair
kit.
NOTE
The tire sealant can be used at outside
temperatures down to _30°C (_22°F).
In extremely cold temperatures (0°C (32°F) or
below), the tire sealant hardens easily and
injection of the sealant will be difficult. Warm
the sealant inside the vehicle before doing the
injection work.
6. Remove the cap from the bottle. Screw
on the injection hose with the bottle's
inner cap left on to break the inner cap.
5. Shake the tire sealant well.
Injection hose
Bottle
7. Remove the valve cap from the flat
tire. Press the back of a valve core tool
to the core of the tire valve and bleed
all the remaining air.
CAUTION
If the bottle is shaken after the
injection hose is screwed on, tire
sealant could spray out from the
injection hose. Tire sealant
contacting clothing or other objects
may be impossible to remove. Shake
the bottle before screwing on the
injection hose.
Valve
Valve cap
Valve core tool
7-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page304
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (304,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
CAUTION
If there is air remaining in the tire
when the valve core is removed, the
valve core could fly out. Remove the
valve core carefully.
10. Hold the bottom of the bottle upright,
squeeze the bottle with your hands,
and inject the entire amount of tire
sealant into the tire.
8. Turn the valve core counterclockwise
with the valve core tool and remove the
valve core.
Valve
Valve core
Valve
NOTE
The tire sealant cannot be reused. Purchase a
new tire sealant kit at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Store the valve core in a place where it won't
get dirty.
11. Pull out the injection hose from the
valve. Reinsert the valve core into the
valve and turn it clockwise to install
it.
9. Remove the plug from the injection
hose and insert the injection hose into
the valve.
12. Attach the sticker that indicates
completion of the tire repair on a flat
outer surface of the repaired tire.
NOTE
Plug
Injection hose
7-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page305
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (305,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
Do not throw away the empty tire sealant
bottle after use. Return the empty tire sealant
bottle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when
replacing the tire. The empty tire sealant bottle
will need to be used to extract and dispose of
the used sealant from the tire.
14. Install the compressor hose to the tire
valve.
Valve
Compressor hose
13. Attach the vehicle speed restriction
sticker in a place where the driver can
easily see it.
15. Insert the compressor plug into the
interior accessory socket and turn the
ignition switch to the ACC position
(page 6-87).
Compressor
plug
Compressor
WARNING
Do not attach the vehicle speed
restriction sticker to the instrument
panel, as it would obstruct vision of
areas such as warning light indicators
or the speedometer:
Attaching the vehicle speed
restriction sticker to the steering
wheel pad is dangerous. The sticker
could interfere with air bag inflation
and cause serious injury.
Center console
CAUTION
Ø Before pulling out the compressor
plug from the electrical socket,
make sure the compressor power
switch is off.
Ø The compressor turns on and off
with the push-button switch.
16. Turn the compressor switch on and
inflate the tire carefully to the correct
inflation pressure.
7-9
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page306
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (306,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
WARNING
Never operate the compressor above
300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi):
Operating the compressor above 300
kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi) is
dangerous. When the inflation
pressure rises above 300 kPa (3.1
kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi), heated air
will be exhausted from the back of
the compressor and you could be
burned.
CAUTION
If the compressor operates slowly or
becomes hot, it indicates
overheating. Turn the compressor off
immediately and leave it turned off
for 30 minutes or longer.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
Check the tire inflation pressure label (rear
door on the driver's side) for the correct tire
inflation pressure.
Do not use the compressor for longer than
10 minutes because using the compressor
for long periods could damage it.
If the tire does not inflate, repair of the tire
may not be possible. If the tire does not
reach the correct inflation pressure within a
10-minute period, it probably has received
more extensive damage. When this happens,
the emergency flat tire repair kit cannot be
used to repair the tire. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If the tire has been over-inflated, loosen the
screw cap on the compressor and bleed
some of the air out.
17. When the tire has been inflated to the
proper inflation pressure, turn the
compressor switch off and remove the
compressor hose from the tire valve.
7-10
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
18. Install the tire valve cap.
19. Put the emergency flat tire repair kit
in the trunk and continue driving.
CAUTION
Ø Drive carefully to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer and keep the
vehicle speed below 80 km/h (50
mph).
Ø If the vehicle is driven 80 km/h (50
mph) or higher, the vehicle might
begin to vibrate.
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
If the tire is not properly inflated, the tire
pressure monitoring system warning light will
illuminate (page 5-31).
20. After driving the vehicle for 10
minutes or 5 km (3 miles), check the
tire pressure with the tire pressure
gauge equipped with the compressor.
If the tire pressure has fallen below
the correct tire pressure, inflate the
tire to the correct pressure again
following the steps from number 15.
CAUTION
Ø If the tire inflation pressure falls
below 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar,
18.9 psi), repair cannot be done
with the repair kit. Park the
vehicle on a level surface off the
right-of-way and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Ø If the tire inflation pressure
continues to remain low after
repeating steps 14 to 21, park the
vehicle on a level surface off the
right-of-way and contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page307
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (307,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
NOTE
Changing the Tire
When checking the tire inflation pressure with
the tire pressure gauge on the compressor unit,
make sure the compressor switch is turned off.
21. If the tire inflation pressure remains
stable, the tire repair is complete.
Drive the vehicle with care to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
tire replaced.
CAUTION
Ø A tire that has been temporarily
repaired with the tire sealant
cannot be reused. Mazda
recommends replacing the tire
with a new one.
Ø The wheel can be reused after any
sealant adhering to it is wiped off
and carefully inspected. However,
replace the tire valve with a new
one.
WARNING
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire, and never get under a
vehicle that is supported only by a jack:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not
done properly. The vehicle can slip off
the jack and seriously injure
someone.
Never allow anyone inside a vehicle
supported by a jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a
vehicle supported by a jack is
dangerous. The occupant could cause
the vehicle to fall resulting in serious
injury.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
The wheels equipped on your Mazda
are specially designed for installation
of the tire pressure sensors. Do not
use non-genuine wheels, otherwise it
may not be possible to install the tire
pressure sensors.
qInspecting the IMS Emergency
Flat Tire Repair Kit
Inspect the emergency tire repair kit at
regular intervals.
l Check the tire sealant period of
effective use.
l Check the operation of the tire
compressor.
NOTE
The tire sealant has a period of effective use.
Check the period of effective use indicated on
the bottle label and do not use it if it has
expired. Have the tire sealant replaced at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer before the period of
effective use has expired.
NOTE
Make sure the jack is well lubricated before
using it.
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor
ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are
changed (page 5-33).
l
1. Park on a level surface off the right-ofway and firmly set the parking brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in Park (P), a manual
transmission in Reverse (R) or 1, and
turn off the engine.
7-11
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page308
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (308,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
qRemoving the Tire
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but
don't remove any until the tire has been
raised off the ground.
5. Remove the jack, and tool (page 7-3).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the tire to be changed. When blocking
a wheel, place a tire block both in front
and behind the tire.
2. Place the jack under the jacking
position closest to the tire being
changed.
NOTE
When blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocks
of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in
place.
Jacking position
7-12
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page309
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (309,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
WARNING
Use only the front and rear jacking
positions recommended in this manual:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip off
the jack and seriously injure or even
kill someone. Use only the front and
rear jacking positions recommended
in this manual.
4. Turn the jack handle clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
Use only the jack provided with your
Mazda:
Using a jack that is not designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip off the jack and seriously
injure someone.
Never place objects under the jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle.
5. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise, then remove the
wheel.
3. Insert the jack handle into the jack.
7-13
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page310
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (310,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
qLocking Lug Nuts
To install the nut
If your vehicle has optional antitheft
wheel lug nuts, one on each wheel will
lock the tires and you must use a special
key to unlock them. This key is attached
to the lug wrench and is stored with the
spare tire. Register them with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove box and mailing it
in the accompanying envelope. If you lose
this key, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or use the lock manufacturer's
order form, which is with the registration
card.
1. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
Antitheft lug nut
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,
apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.
qMounting the Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
Special key
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.
2. Place the key on top of the nut, and be
sure to hold the key square to it. If you
hold the key at an angle, you may
damage both key and nut. Don't use a
power impact wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
WARNING
Make sure the mounting surfaces of
the wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean
before changing or replacing tires:
When changing or replacing a tire,
not removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come off, resulting in
an accident.
2. Mount the tire.
7-14
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page311
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (311,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Flat Tire
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
If you're unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Nut tightening torque
88―118
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
(9―12, 65―87)
WARNING
WARNING
Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts
and bolts and do not tighten the lug
nuts beyond the recommended
tightening torque:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts
could loosen while driving and cause
the tire to come off, resulting in an
accident. In addition, lug nuts and
bolts could be damaged if tightened
more than necessary.
4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle. Use the lug
wrench to tighten the nuts in the order
shown.
Always securely and correctly tighten
the lug nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come off. This could result
in loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident.
Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you
removed or replace them with metric
nuts of the same configuration:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the
stud, which could cause the wheel to
slip off and cause an accident.
5. Check the inflation pressure. Refer to
the specification charts on page 10-6.
WARNING
Do not drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air
pressure is dangerous. Tires with
incorrect pressure could affect
handling and result in an accident.
NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from rattling, store
them properly.
7-15
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page312
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (312,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
Overheating
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating, the vehicle loses power, or
you hear a loud knocking or pinging
noise, the engine is probably too hot.
WARNING
If the temperature gauge indicates
overheating:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transmission in park (P), a manual
transmission in neutral.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
Do not remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
Open the hood ONLY after steam is no
longer escaping from the engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you.
NOTE
Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset
temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns
on. It will continue running for about 10
minutes after the ignition switch is turned to
off.
7-16
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
4. Turn off the air conditioner.
5. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from under the hood or from
the engine compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Don't go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine until
it cools.
CAUTION
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the
engine temperature will increase.
Stop the engine and call an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
7. When cool, check the coolant level.
If it's low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page313
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (313,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Overheating
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
8-14).
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the
cooling system inspected. The engine
could be seriously damaged unless
repairs are made. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
7-17
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page314
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Starting a Flooded Engine
If the engine does not start the first time,
perform the following procedure to start
the engine.
1. While the accelerator pedal is fully
depressed, turn the ignition switch to
the START position and crank the
engine for about 7 to 8 seconds.
2. Release the ignition switch and
accelerator pedal.
3. Start the engine as normally without
depressing the accelerator.
l
l
l
l
l
The fuel injection is cut by fully
depressing the accelerator pedal.
If the engine starts during Step 1, the
engine will rev up. Release the ignition
switch and accelerator pedal
immediately.
Avoid racing the engine or driving the
vehicle right after starting the engine.
Do not hold the ignition switch in the
START position for over 10 seconds. It
may damage the starter and drain the
battery.
If the engine still does not start using
the above procedure, have your vehicle
inspected by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
7-18
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (314,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page315
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (315,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you
feel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions
carefully before using the battery or inspecting it.
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15
minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object that
could cause sparks:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a
battery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )
terminal of the battery.
7-19
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page316
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (316,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It may
rupture or explode, causing serious injury.
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of the
discharged battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.
The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and
other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in
series or a 24 V motor generator set).
1. Remove the engine cover.
7-20
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
2. Remove the rubber hose from the
battery cover.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page317
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (317,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
3. Remove the battery cover from its rear
side.
l
Connect the other end to a solid,
stationary, exposed metallic point
(for example, the tightening bolt)
away from the discharged battery
(4).
Discharged
battery
4. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
5. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, don't allow the vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
6. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
l
l
l
Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
Connect cables
in numerical
order and
disconnect in
reverse order.
Booster battery
7. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
8. When finished, carefully disconnect the
cables in the reverse order described in
Step 6.
NOTE
Verify that the engine cover is securely
installed.
7-21
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page318
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Starting
Push-Starting
Do not push-start your Mazda.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it:
Towing a vehicle to start it is
dangerous. The vehicle being towed
could surge forward when its engine
starts, causing the two vehicles to
collide. The occupants could be
injured.
CAUTION
Do not push-start a vehicle that has
a manual transmission. It can
damage the emission control system.
NOTE
You can't start a vehicle with an automatic
transmission by pushing it.
7-22
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (318,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page319
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (319,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Towing Description
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle pointed
forward with driving wheels on the
ground. This may cause internal
damage to the transmission.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
Government and local laws must be
followed.
A towed vehicle usually should have its
drive wheels (rear wheels) off the ground.
If excessive damage or other conditions
prevent this, use wheel dollies.
CAUTION
Wheel dollies
Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. This could damage your
vehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbed
equipment.
7-23
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page320
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (320,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
Tiedown Hooks
CAUTION
Don't use the tiedown hooks under
the front and rear for towing.
They are designed ONLY for tying
down the vehicle when it's being
transported. Using them for towing
will damage the bumper.
CAUTION
The cap cannot be completely
removed. Do not use excessive force
as it may damage the cap or scratch
the painted bumper surface.
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet
using the lug wrench.
Front
qTiedown Hooks
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug
wrench from the trunk (page 7-3).
2. Wrap the lug wrench with a soft cloth
to prevent damage to the bumper and
open the cap located on the front and
rear bumper.
Front
Rear
Rear
7-24
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page321
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (321,1)
In Case of an Emergency
Emergency Towing
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown
eyelet.
Front
Recreational Towing
An example of “recreational towing” is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transmission is not designed for
towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
“Towing Description” (page 7-23) and
“Tiedown Hooks” (page 7-24) and
carefully follow the instructions.
Rear
CAUTION
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely
tightened, it may loosen or disengage
from the bumper when tying down
the vehicle. Make sure that the
tiedown eyelet is securely tightened
to the bumper.
7-25
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page322
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
7-26
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (322,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page323
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
8
Black plate (323,1)
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2
Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2
Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3
Scheduled Maintenance ............................................................ 8-3
Owner Maintenance ..................................................................... 8-8
Owner Maintenance Schedule .................................................. 8-8
Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................... 8-9
Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-11
Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-12
Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-14
Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-16
Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-17
Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-18
Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-19
Battery ..................................................................................... 8-21
Tires ........................................................................................ 8-23
Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-28
Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-36
Appearance Care ........................................................................
How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage ....................
Exterior Care ...........................................................................
Interior Care ............................................................................
8-42
8-42
8-44
8-47
8-1
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page324
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (324,1)
Maintenance and Care
Introduction
Introduction
Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle
when using this manual for inspection and maintenance.
If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliable
and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as
prescribed.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
8-2
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page325
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (325,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
apply.
l Repeated short-distance driving
l Driving in dusty conditions
l Driving with extended use of brakes
l Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used
l Driving on rough or muddy roads
l Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
l Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
l Driving in extremely hot conditions
l Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).
NOTE
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended
intervals.
8-3
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page326
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (326,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 1
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
Maintenance Interval
ENGINE
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
R
R
R
R
Drive belts
COOLING SYSTEM
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
FL22 type*1
Engine coolant
Others
R
R
R
R
I
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
FUEL SYSTEM
Air filter
R
Fuel lines and hoses*2
I
I
*2
I
Hoses and tubes for emission
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
R
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
Disc brakes
I
Tire (Rotation)
Flat tire repair kit*3
Steering operation and linkages
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
Inspect annually
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
I
I
I
I
Manual transmission oil
R
Rear differential oil
R
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
8-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
L
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page327
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (327,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
×1000 km
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
×1000 miles
7.5
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page328
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (328,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
qSchedule 2
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
48
96
60
ENGINE
Engine oil
Puerto Rico
Others
Engine oil filter
R
R
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months
R R R R R R R R R R
R R R R R R R R R R
Drive belts
COOLING SYSTEM
I
FL22 type*1
Engine coolant
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
R
R
I
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,
every 2 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air filter
R
Fuel lines and hoses*2
I
I
Hoses and tubes for emission*2
I
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
8-6
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page329
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (329,1)
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first
Months
4
8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
×1000 km
8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88
×1000 miles
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
48
96
60
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Brake and clutch fluid level
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R
Disc brakes
I
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Flat tire repair kit*3
Steering operation and linkages
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Manual transmission oil
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect annually
I
I
Rear differential oil
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R
R
R
Driveshaft dust boots
I
I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
T
T
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
Washer fluid level
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
L
I
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks:
*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
8-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page330
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (330,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
qWhen Refueling
l
l
l
l
Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-16)
Engine coolant level (page 8-14)
Engine oil level (page 8-13)
Washer fluid level (page 8-17)
qAt Least Monthly
Tire inflation pressures (page 8-23)
qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical
ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
l Engine coolant (page 8-14)
l Engine oil (page 8-12)
8-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page331
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (331,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If
you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or
the proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by a
qualified technician:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You
can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.
If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling
fan which may turn on unexpectedly:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even
more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting
to work near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.
Do not leave items in the engine compartment:
After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, do
not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a
fire leading to an unexpected accident.
8-9
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page332
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (332,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns on. It will
continue running for about 10 minutes after the ignition switch is turned to off.
8-10
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page333
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (333,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Compartment Overview
Brake/Clutch fluid
reservoir
Engine oil-filler cap
Engine oil dipstick
Windshield washer
fluid reservoir
Cooling system cap
Engine coolant reservoir
Battery
Fuse block
(near battery)
Fuse block (next
to air filter)
Air filter
8-11
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page334
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (334,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Engine Oil
U.S.A. and CANADA
CAUTION
Do not use either synthetic or semisynthetic motor oil. Otherwise engine
starting performance could worsen.
NOTE
l
l
Changing the engine oil should be done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
The Mazda RX-8 requires regular checking
of the engine oil level. The compact, high
performance RENESIS rotary engine in
your vehicle consumes a small amount of
engine oil due to its structural design. An
oil pump optimizes the amount of oil
injected to lubricate the rotor seals in the
combustion cycle. Although your vehicle is
equipped with an engine oil level warning
light, it is best to keep the engine oil level in
the range between full and low by checking
the oil dipstick regularly. Mazda
recommends checking the oil level at every
second fuel filling. The oil consumption of
the engine depends on engine speed and
engine load. Under extreme driving
conditions, oil consumption can be higher.
qRecommended Oil
Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
8-12
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
(ILSAC)
Only use oils “Certified For Gasoline
Engines” by the American Petroleum
Institute (API). An oil with this trademark
symbol conforms to the current engine
and emission system protection standards
and fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricant Standardization
and Approval Committee (ILSAC),
comprised of U.S. and Japanese
automobile manufacturers.
–30 –20 –10
–20
0
20
10
0
40
5W-20
20
60
30
40
50
80 100 120
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page335
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (335,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
4. Remove the service cover.
Except U.S.A. and CANADA
(ILSAC)
The quality designation SL,SM, or ILSAC
must be on the label.
–30 –20 –10
–20
0
20
10
0
40
20
60
30
40
5. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
50
80 100 120
Full
5W-20
OK
Low
qInspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
6. Pull it out again and examine the level.
It's OK between Low and Full.
But if it's near or below Low, add
enough oil to bring the level to Full.
CAUTION
Don't add engine oil over Full. This
may cause engine damage.
The distance between Low and Full on the
dipstick represents the following:
Oil capacity
L (US qt, Imp qt)
2.0 (2.1, 1.8)
8-13
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page336
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (336,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
l
Each mark from the Full mark equates to
about 0.5 L (0.5 US qt, 0.4 Imp qt).
There are 3 marks between Low and Full.
Full
Low
0.5 L (0.5 US qt, 0.4 Imp qt)
1.0 L (1.1 US qt, 0.9 Imp qt)
1.5 L (1.6 US qt, 1.3 Imp qt)
2.0 L (2.1 US qt, 1.8 Imp qt)
l
Engine Coolant
qInspecting Coolant Level
WARNING
Do not use a match or live flame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the
engine has been running, parts of the
engine compartment can become
very hot. You could be burned.
Carefully inspect the engine coolant
in the coolant reservoir, but do not
open it.
Verify that the engine cover is securely
installed.
Turn off the ignition switch and
make sure the fan is not running before
attempting to work near the cooling
fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it
is running is dangerous. The fan
could continue running indefinitely
even if the engine has stopped and
the engine compartment temperature
is high. You could be hit by the fan
and seriously injured.
Do not remove the cooling
system cap when the engine and
radiator are hot:
When the engine and radiator are
hot, scalding coolant and steam may
shoot out under pressure and cause
serious injury.
8-14
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page337
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (337,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Once the engine coolant exceeds a preset
temperature, an electrical cooling fan turns
on. It will continue running for about 10
minutes after the Turn the ignition switch to
the ACC position.
NOTE
Changing the coolant should be done by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling
where temperatures may drop below
freezing.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the F and L marks
on the coolant reservoir when the engine
is cool.
CAUTION
Ø Radiator coolant will damage
paint.
Rinse it off quickly if spilled.
Ø Use only soft (demineralized)
water in the coolant mixture.
Water that contains minerals will
cut down on the coolant's
effectiveness.
Ø Don't add only water. Always add
a proper coolant mixture.
Ø The engine has aluminum parts
and must be protected by an
ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
Ø DO NOT USE coolants Containing
Alcohol, methanol, Borate or
Silicate.
These coolants could damage the
cooling system.
Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol
with the coolant. This could
damage the cooling system.
Ø Don't use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze.
This would reduce effectiveness.
If it's at or near L, add enough coolant to
the coolant reservoir to provide freezing
and corrosion protection and to bring the
level to F.
8-15
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page338
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (338,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near the
cooling system cap, use FL22 type engine
coolant. If engine coolant other than FL22
type is used, the engine coolant must be
replaced earlier than the specified replacement
interval indicated in the scheduled
maintenance (page 8-3).
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-16
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Brake/Clutch Fluid
qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level
The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the
same reservoir.
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept at MAX.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake and clutch
linings. If it is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch system inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page339
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (339,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid
WARNING
Be careful not to spill brake fluid on
yourself or on the engine:
Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If it
gets in your eyes, they could be
seriously injured. If this happens,
immediately flush your eyes with
water and get medical attention.
Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine
could cause a fire.
If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,
have the brakes and clutch inspected:
Low brake/clutch fluid levels are
dangerous. Low levels could signal
brake lining wear or a brake system
leak. Your brakes could fail and
cause an accident.
If the fluid level is low, add fluid until it
reaches MAX.
Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean the
area around the cap.
CAUTION
Ø Brake and clutch fluid will
damage painted surfaces. If brake
or clutch fluid does get on a
painted surface, wash it off with
water immediately.
Ø Using nonspecified brake and
clutch fluids (page 10-4) will
damage the systems. Mixing
different fluids will also damage
them.
If the brake/clutch system
frequently requires new fluid,
consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Washer Fluid
qInspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
Use only windshield washer fluid or
plain water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
fluid is dangerous. If sprayed on the
windshield, it will dirty the
windshield, affect your visibility, and
could result in an accident.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freeze
Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in
temperatures below 4 degrees C (40
degrees F) using washer fluid without
anti-freeze protection is dangerous
as it could cause impaired windshield
vision and result in an accident. In
cold weather, always use washer
fluid with anti-freeze protection.
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict the use
of volatile organic compounds (VOCs), which
are commonly used as anti-freeze agents in
washer fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOC
content should be used only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all regions and
climates in which the vehicle will be operated.
8-17
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page340
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (340,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
Body Lubrication
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should
be lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
Full
OK
Low
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
8-18
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page341
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (341,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
Ø Hot waxes applied by automatic
car washers have been known to
affect the wiper's ability to clean
windows.
Ø To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, don't use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade
assembly to expose the plastic locking
clip.
Compress the clip and slide the
assembly downward; then lift it off the
arm.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
If the blades are not wiping properly,
clean the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
Plastic locking clip
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield
let the wiper arm down easily, don't
let it slap down on the windshield.
2. Hold the end of the rubber and pull
until the tabs are free of the metal
support.
CAUTION
Metal support
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, don't try to
sweep the wiper arm by hand.
NOTE
Tab
To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades
when raising both the driver and passenger
side wiper arms, raise the driver side wiper
arm first. Conversely, when setting down the
wiper arms, set the passenger side wiper arm
down first.
8-19
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page342
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (342,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
Ø Don't bend or discard the
stiffeners. You need to use them
again.
Ø If the metal stiffeners are
switched, the blade's wiping
efficiency could be reduced.
So don't use the driver's side metal
stiffeners on the passenger's side,
or vice versa.
Ø Be sure to reinstall the metal
stiffeners in the new blade rubber
so that the curve is the same as it
was in the old blade rubber.
8-20
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
NOTE
Install the blade so that the tabs are toward the
bottom of the wiper arm.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page343
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (343,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Battery
WARNING
Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting
to ensure safe and correct handling:
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID
which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
fluid:
Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.
Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in
eyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with
water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could cause
serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal
tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when
working near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle
body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames including
cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.
8-21
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page344
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (344,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced
during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An
exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.
8-22
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page345
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (345,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
l
Remove the engine and battery covers
before performing battery maintenance.
Engine cover
Battery cover
Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
WARNING
l
If the cover has been removed, install it in
the reverse order of removal.
qBattery Maintenance
Using Different Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with different
types of tires is dangerous. It could
cause poor handling and poor
braking; leading to loss of control.
Use all radial, all bias-belted, or all
bias-type tires.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specified for your Mazda (page 10-6)
is dangerous. It could seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, tire
clearance, and speedometer
calibration. This could cause you to
have an accident. Use only tires that
are the correct size specified for your
Mazda.
qTire Inflation Pressure
WARNING
To get the best service from a battery:
l Keep it securely mounted.
l Keep the top clean and dry.
l Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly
or terminal grease.
l Rinse off spilled electrolyte
immediately with a solution of water
and baking soda.
l If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables.
Always inflate the tires to the correct
pressure:
Overinflation or underinflation of
tires is dangerous. Adverse handling
or unexpected tire failure could result
in a serious accident.
Refer to specification charts on page
10-6.
8-23
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page346
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (346,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System í
does not alleviate the need to check the
tire condition every day, including
whether the tires all look inflated properly.
Inspect all tire pressure monthly
(including the spare í) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures
for the best ride, handling, and minimum
tire wear.
When checking the tire pressures, use of a
digital tire pressure gauge is
recommended.
NOTE
l
l
l
l
Always check tire pressure when tires are
cold.
Warm tires normally exceed recommended
pressures. Don't release air from warm tires
to adjust the pressure.
Underinflation can cause reduced fuel
economy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,
and poor sealing of the tire bead, which
will deform the wheel and cause separation
of tire from rim.
Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,
uneven and accelerated tire wear, and a
greater possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs inflating,
have it inspected.
qTire Rotation
Refer to the specification charts (page
10-6).
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires if
irregular wear develops. According to the
scheduled maintenance charts.Refer to
Scheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.
During rotation, inspect them for correct
balance.
NOTE
Because your vehicle is not equipped with a
spare tire, you cannot do a tire rotation safely
with the jack that comes with your vehicle.
Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform
tire rotation.
8-24
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page347
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (347,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
CAUTION
Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
l
l
l
l
Incorrect tire pressure
Improper wheel alignment
Out-of-balance wheel
Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 10-6) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial
tires that have an asymmetrical tread
pattern or studs only from front to
rear, not from side to side. Tire
performance will be reduced if
rotated from side to side.
Limited-Slip Differential system;
don't use the following:
Ø Tires not of the designated size
Ø Tires of different sizes or types at
the same time
Ø Tires not sufficiently inflated
If these instructions aren't followed,
the rotation of the left and right
wheels will be different and will thus
apply a constant load on the limitedslip differential.
This will cause a malfunction.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good
condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and
traction could result in an accident.
CAUTION
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or
the tire pressure sensors may be
damaged.
8-25
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page348
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (348,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qTemporary Spare Tire
NOTE
(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in
the sidewalls are used, the system may not
function correctly even with a genuine
wheel.
Refer to System Error Activation on page
5-33.
l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced.
Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-33.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator
will appear as a solid band across the
tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
Your Mazda is not equipped with a spare
tire. If you require a spare tire, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it's properly inflated
and stored.
NOTE
The temporary spare tire condition gradually
deteriorates even if it has not been used.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction which
is lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire. This tire should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
Use the temporary spare tire only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2
kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).
New tread
Worn tread
You should replace it before the band is
across the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and
year is indicated with 4 digit.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.
8-26
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
CAUTION
Ø Do not use your temporary spare
tire rim with a snow tire or a
conventional tire. Neither will
properly fit and could damage
both tire and rim.
Ø The temporary spare tire has a
tread life of less than 5,000 km
(3,000 miles). The tread life may
be shorter depending on driving
conditions.
Ø The temporary spare tire is for
limited use, however, if the tread
wear solid-band indicator
appears, replace the tire with the
same type of temporary spare
(page 8-25).
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page349
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (349,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are
not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are
6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. You should
replace the spare tire when you replace the
other road tires due to the aging of the spare
tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and
year is indicated with 4 digit.
Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.
qReplacing a Wheel
WARNING
Always use wheels of the correct size
on your vehicle:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is
dangerous. Braking and handling
could be affected, leading to loss of
control and an accident.
CAUTION
Ø A wrong-sized wheel may
adversely affect:
Ø Tire fit
Ø Wheel and bearing life
Ø Ground clearance
Ø Snow-chain clearance
Ø Speedometer calibration
Ø Headlight aim
Ø Bumper height
Ø Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
Ø Limited-Slip Differential System
Ø (With Tire Pressure Monitoring
System)
Ø When replacing/repairing the
tires or wheels or both, have the
work done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be
damaged.
Ø The wheels equipped on your
Mazda are specially designed
for installation of the tire
pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise
it may not be possible to install
the tire pressure sensors.
NOTE
Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors
whenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer to
Tires and Wheels on page 5-33.
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original factory
wheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
8-27
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page350
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (350,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Light Bulbs
Overhead light (Rear)
Brake lights/Taillights
Trunk light
High-mount brake light
License plate light
Reverse lights
Rear side-marker lights
Rear turn signal lights
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
Vanity mirror lights
Courtesy lights
Side turn signal lights
Headlights (High beam)
Fog lights
Parking lights/Front turn signal lights
Headlights (Low beam)
Some models.
8-28
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page351
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (351,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
WARNING
Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself:
Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs
yourself is dangerous. Because the
xenon fusion bulbs require high
voltage, you could receive an electric
shock if the bulbs are handled
incorrectly. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement
is necessary.
Never touch the glass portion of a
halogen bulb with your bare hands and
always wear eye protection when
handling or working around the bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it
will explode and serious injuries
could be caused by the flying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with
bare hands, body oil could cause the
bulb to overheat and explode when
lit.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the
reach of children:
Playing with a halogen bulb is
dangerous. Serious injuries could be
caused by dropping a halogen bulb
or breaking it some other way.
High-beam bulb
1. Make sure the ignition switch is turned
off and the headlight switch is off.
2. If you are changing the right headlight
bulb, start the engine, turn the steering
wheel all the way to the right, and turn
off engine. If you are changing the left
headlight bulb, turn the steering wheel
to the left.
3. Turn the center section of the plastic
retainer counterclockwise and remove
the retainers and partially peel back the
mudguard.
Removal
Installation
4. Disconnect the electrical connector
from the bulb by pressing the tab on
the connector with your finger and
pulling the connector downward.
qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Replacing a headlight bulb
Low-beam bulb
(Xenon fusion bulb)
You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by
yourself.
The bulbs must be replaced at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
8-29
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page352
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (352,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
NOTE
l
l
l
To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,
it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
Use the protective cover and carton of the
replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb
promptly out of the reach of children.
8-30
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Replacing a Fog Light Bulb
1. Remove the fog light cover by pulling
it outward using both hands.
2. Loosen the screws securing the fog
light unit.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page353
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (353,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Remove the fog light unit by pulling it
downward and then straight out using
both hands.
Front turn signal lights/Parking lights
1. Make sure the ignition switch is turned
off and the headlight switch is off.
2. If you are changing the right bulb, start
the engine, turn the steering wheel all
the way to the right, and turn off
engine. If you are changing the left
bulb, turn the steering wheel to the left.
3. Turn the center section of the plastic
retainer counterclockwise and remove
the retainers and partially peel back the
mudguard.
Removal
NOTE
When pulling out the fog light unit, be careful
not to allow the bulb socket to contact the oil
cooler.
4. Press the tab on the bulb socket and
disconnect the connector cord.
Installation
5. Rotate the bulb socket
counterclockwise as shown in the
figure and remove it.
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
6. Replace the bulb.
7. Reinstall the bulb socket in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
8-31
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page354
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (354,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Side-turn signal lights
1. Slide the light unit rearward.
2. Rotate the light unit clockwise as
shown in the figure and pull it out.
Brake lights/Taillights
Due to the complexity and difficulty of
the procedure, the LED bulbs should be
replaced by an expert repairer, we
recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Rear turn signal lights, Reverse lights,
Rear side marker lights
1. Pull the center section of the plastic
retainer and remove the retainers and
partially open the trunk side trim.
Removal
3. Press the tab on the bulb socket and
disconnect the connector cord.
Installation
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Rear turn signal lights
4. Replace with a new light unit and
install it in the reverse order of the
removal procedure
NOTE
The side-turn signal light bulb cannot be
replaced. The entire light unit itself has to be
replaced, therefore consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer for a replacement light unit.
8-32
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page355
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (355,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Reverse lights
High-mount brake light
1. Wrap the end of a flathead screwdriver
in a soft cloth and remove the trunk
handle by inserting the flathead
screwdriver in the position shown in
the figure and carefully prying the
handle off.
Rear side marker lights
2. Disengage the pin in each clip securing
the trunk trim using a (+) screwdriver,
remove the screws and clips, and then
remove the trunk trim.
Removal
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of the removal procedure.
Installation
8-33
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page356
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (356,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Press the tab on the bulb socket and
remove the connector cord.
2. Wrap the end of a flathead screwdriver
in a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens with the
flathead screwdriver.
3. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
4. Rotate the bulb socket
counterclockwise as shown in the
figure and pull it out, then pull out the
bulb from the socket.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
5. Replace the bulb.
6. Reinstall the bulb socket in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
NOTE
When re-installing the trunk trim, set the trunk
trim in place and insert the clips without the
internal pin, then insert the pins and engage
them.
License plate light
1. Press the front of the lens to detach the
front tabs.
8-34
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page357
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (357,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
1. Remove the screws with a Phillips
screwdriver.
2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft
cloth to prevent damage to the trim and
gently insert it in the overhead light as
shown in the figure, and then remove
the overhead light unit.
Overhead light (Rear), Courtesy lights,
Vanity mirror lights
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens by carefully
prying on the edge of the lens with the
screwdriver.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8-35
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page358
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (358,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuses
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls don't
work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
Trunk light
1. Press both sides of the lens cap to
remove it.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
qFuse Replacement
Replacing the fuses on the driver's side
If the electrical system does not work,
first inspect the fuses on the driver's side.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
1. Turn off the ignition switch and other
switches.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse order
of removal.
8-36
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page359
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (359,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the inside of the
engine compartment fuse block cover.
Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses in
the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse
block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it
must be replaced. Follow these steps:
1. Turn off the ignition switch and all
other switches.
2. Remove the fuse block cover.
Next to air filter
4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it's
blown.
Near battery
Normal
Blown
Engine cover
5. Insert a new fuse of the same amperage
rating, and make sure it fits tightly. If it
does not fit tightly, have an expert
install it. We recommend an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the AUDIO or CIGAR circuit.
Battery cover
NOTE
Remove the engine and battery covers before
removing the fuse block cover near the battery.
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with one of the
same rating. Otherwise you may
damage the electric system.
8-37
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page360
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is
blown, replace it with a new one of the
same amperage rating.
Normal
Blown
WARNING
Do not replace the main fuse by
yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform the replacement:
Replacing the fuse by yourself is
dangerous because the MAIN fuse is
a high current fuse. Incorrect
replacement could cause an electrical
shock or a short circuit resulting in a
fire.
NOTE
Verify that the engine cover is securely
installed.
8-38
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (360,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page361
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (361,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
qFuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
(Next to air filter)
20
21
1
2
6
3
7
4
8
5
9
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
(Next to battery)
38
13
14
10
11
12
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
MAIN
HEATER
AIR PUMP
4
BTN
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DEFOG
FAN 1
ABS/DSC
ACC
FAN 2
HEAD
HEAD LOW R
HEAD LOW L
DRL
DSC
SEAT WARM
H/CLEAN
15
16
17
18
19
FUSE
PROTECTED COMPONENT
RATING
120A
For protection of all circuits
40A
Heater
60A
Air pump
Power windows, Power door locks, Illuminated entry system,
30A
Moonroof í
50A
Rear window defroster
30A
Electric fan 1
40A
ABS, DSC í
30A
Lighter, Power control mirror, Accessory socket, Audio system
30A
Electric fan 2
15A
Headlight high beams í, Headlight cleaner í
15A
Headlight low beam (RH)
15A
Headlight low beam (LH)
15A
DRL í (Headlight high beams)
30A
DSC í
20A
Seat warmer í
20A
Headlight cleaner í
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
8-39
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page362
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (362,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
R.FOG
FOG
A/C
IG
P.WIND 1
IG KEY
STOP
FUEL PUMP
HORN
HAZARD
ETV
ST
WIPER
TCM
FUSE
RATING
―
15A
10A
40A
30A
15A
10A
20A
15A
15A
15A
10A
20A
15A
31
ENGINE
15A
32
TAIL
10A
33
34
35
36
37
38
ILLUMI
EGI COMP1
EGI COMP2
EGI INJ
P.WIND 2
EPS
7.5A
15A
10A
15A
20A
60A
DESCRIPTION
8-40
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
PROTECTED COMPONENT
―
Fog lights í
Air conditioner
For protection of various circuits
Power window
For protection of various circuits
Brake lights
Fuel pump
Horn
Hazard warning flashers, Turn signals
Electric throttle valve
Starter
Windshield wiper and washer
TCM í
Engine control system, Supplemental restraint system, ABS,
Power steering
Taillights, License plate light, Parking lights, Front side-maker
lights, Rear side-marker lights
Illuminated entry system
Engine control system
Engine control system
Fuel injector
Power window
Power steering
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page363
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (363,1)
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
Fuse panel (Driver's side)
DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
CIGAR
ACC
OUTLET
A/C
METER
―
SPARE
SPARE
M.DEF
DSC
AUDIO
D.LOCK
OUTLET
ROOM
SPARE
SPARE
FUSE
RATING
15A
7.5A
―
7.5A
10A
―
―
―
10A
7.5A
25A
30A
15A
15A
―
―
PROTECTED COMPONENT
Lighter
Audio system, Power control mirror
―
Air conditioner
Instrument cluster
―
―
―
Mirror defroster í
DSC í
Audio system (Bose® Sound System-equipped model) í
Power door locks, Moonroof í
Accessory socket
Interior lights
―
―
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
8-41
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page364
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (364,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
How to Minimize
Environmental Paint Damage
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent
them.
qEtching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you suspect that acid rain has settled on
your vehicle's finish.
qDamage Caused by Bird
Dropping, Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these
aren't removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
When insects stick to the paint surface
and decompose, corrosive compounds
form. These can erode the clear and color
base coat of the vehicle's paintwork if
they are not removed.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Prevention
It is necessary to have your Mazda
washed and waxed to preserve its finish
according to the instructions in this
section. This should be done as soon as
possible.
Bird droppings can be removed with a
soft sponge and water. If you are traveling
and these are not available, a moistened
tissue may also take care of the problem.
The cleaned area should be waxed
according to the instructions in this
section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
8-42
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page365
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (365,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qWater Marks
Occurrence
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these
minerals settles on the vehicle and
evaporates, the minerals will concentrate
and harden to form white rings. The rings
can damage your vehicle's finish.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These
steps should be taken immediately after
you find water marks on your vehicle's
finish.
NOTE
l
l
l
The paint chipping zone varies with the
speed of the vehicle. For example, when
traveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paint
chipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of paint
chipping.
Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on
your Mazda. Before this happens, repair the
damage by using Mazda touch-up paint
according to the instructions in this section.
Failure to repair the affected area could
lead to serious rusting and expensive
repairs.
qPaint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
8-43
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page366
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (366,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
l
l
l
qMaintaining the Finish
Washing
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
Scratches occur on the paint surface
when:
l The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign
matter.
l The vehicle is washed with a rough,
dry, or dirty cloth.
l The vehicle is washed at a car wash
that uses brushes that are dirty or too
stiff.
l Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
NOTE
l
l
Mazda is not responsible for scratches
caused by automatic car washes or
improper washing.
Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles
with darker paint finishes.
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
l Rinse off any dirt or other foreign
matter using lukewarm or cold water
before washing.
8-44
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
l
Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
Don't use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
CAUTION
Don't use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may damage
the protective coating; also, cleaners
and detergents may discolor or
deteriorate the paint.
Pay special attention to removing salt,
dirt, mud, and other foreign material from
the underside of the fenders, and make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soap
to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page367
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (367,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
qRepairing Damage to the Finish
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs
metal parts repaired or replaced,
make sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to all parts,
both repaired and new. This will
prevent them from rusting.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similar
materials will usually also take off the wax.
Rewax these areas even if the rest of the
vehicle doesn't need it.
qBright-Metal Maintenance
l
l
l
Use tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
During cold weather or in coastal areas,
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.
CAUTION
Don't use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
8-45
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page368
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (368,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qUnderbody Maintenance
qAluminum Wheel Maintenance
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also
to do this every month.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped
there will cause rusting.
WARNING
Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly
and applying the brakes lightly until
brake performance is normal:
Driving with wet brakes is
dangerous. Increased stopping
distance or the vehicle pulling to one
side when braking could result in a
serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have
been affected.
8-46
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
NOTE
l
l
l
l
Don't use a wire brush or any abrasive
cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent on
aluminum wheels. They may damage the
coating.
Only use a mild soap or neutral detergent
and always use a sponge or soft cloth to
clean the wheels.
Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or cold
water. Also, be sure to clean the wheels
after driving on dusty or salted roads. This
helps prevent corrosion.
Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic
car wash that uses high-speed or hard
brushes.
If your aluminum wheels lose luster, wax
the wheels.
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page369
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (369,1)
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
Interior Care
qDashboard Precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume
and cosmetic oils from contacting the
dashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.
If these solutions get on the dashboard,
wipe them off immediately.
CAUTION
Do not use glazing agents.
Glazing agents contain ingredients
which may cause discoloration,
wrinkling, cracks and peeling.
qCleaning the Upholstery and
Interior Trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinyl
cleaner.
Leather í
Real leather isn't uniform and may have
scars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean it
with a leather cleaner or mild soap.
If the leather gets wet from rain, remove
the moisture as soon as possible and dry
in a shaded area.
If the seats get wet, promptly remove
moisture with a dry cloth and allow it to
further dry in a shaded area.
If moisture is not removed, it will cause
hardening and shrinkage of the leather.
Do not leave vinyl products on the seats
for long periods as they may affect the
leather quality and coloring.
Fabric í
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean it with a mild soap solution good
for upholstery and carpets. Remove fresh
spots immediately with a fabric spot
cleaner.
To keep the fabric looking clean and
fresh, take care of it. Otherwise its color
will be affected, it can be stained easily,
and its fire-resistance may be reduced.
CAUTION
Use only recommended cleaners and
procedures. Others may affect
appearance and fire-resistance.
Piano black panel
The following parts are fitted with panels
that have been treated with a special
coating that resists scratching.
l Center panel
l Door switch panel
l Steering wheel (partial)
When the panel needs to be cleaned, use a
soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.
NOTE
Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from
the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be
repairable.
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
8-47
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page370
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder Belt
Webbing
Clean the webbing with a mild soap
solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleach
or dye the webbing; this may weaken it.
After cleaning the belts, thoroughly dry
the belt webbing and make sure there is
no remaining moisture before retracting
them.
WARNING
Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
replace damaged seat belts
immediately:
Using damaged seat belts is
dangerous. In a collision, damaged
belts cannot provide adequate
protection.
qCleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them
with glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the container.
CAUTION
Ø Don't scrape or scratch the inside
of the rear window. You may
damage the rear window defroster
grid.
Ø When washing the inside rear
window, use a soft cloth
dampened in lukewarm water,
gently wiping the antenna lines.
Use of glass cleaning products
could damage the antenna.
8-48
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (370,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page371
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
9
Black plate (371,1)
Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.
Customer Assistance ...............................
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............
Customer Assistance (Canada) ...........
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ....
9-2
9-2
9-6
9-9
Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-10
Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-10
Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-10
Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-41
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-41
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-42
Service Publications .............................. 9-43
Service Publications .......................... 9-43
Warranty ................................................ 9-11
Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-11
Outside the United States .................. 9-12
Outside Canada ................................. 9-13
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country (Except United States and
Canada) ............................................. 9-14
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-15
Cell Phones ............................................. 9-16
Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-16
Type Approval of Equipment ............... 9-17
Type Approval of Equipment ............ 9-17
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-19
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-19
Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-21
Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-21
Location of the Tire Label
(Placard) ............................................ 9-27
Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-30
Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-33
Steps for Determining the Correct Load
Limit: ................................................ 9-40
9-1
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page372
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (372,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle
in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following
ways.
Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
the U.S., can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of the
page at www.mazdaUSA.com
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
9-2
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page373
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (373,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)
Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not
be possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, Mazda
North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program
administered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.
BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a
mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able to
facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.
You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To the
extent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort to
BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “Lemon
Law”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss Warranty
Act or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTO
LINE.
The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not binding
on you or Mazda else you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTO
LINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBB
website at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.
Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hope
to satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazda
believes in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure
Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!
9-3
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page374
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (374,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
qCalifornia Customers
1. Mazda North American Operations (“Mazda”) participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a
mediation/arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus
[4200 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business
Bureaus. BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration
Certification Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.
2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you to
bring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBB
AUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months after
the expiration of the warranty.
3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for the
call.
4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name and
address, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and a
statement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:
the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, the
approximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to the
attention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.
5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. If
mediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claims
within the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal
hearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the
time your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact
Mazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an
inspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by
BBB AUTO LINE.
6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or
remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required to
use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
9-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page375
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (375,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative is
unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable express
warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace or
repurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumption
that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its
applicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000
miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the following
occurs:
l The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty that
substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition that
is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the
nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents
AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
l The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its
agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
l The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its
agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the
vehicle to the buyer.
NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE
FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618
ATTN: Customer Mediation
8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursement
for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle
nonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation for
damages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.
9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multiple
damages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in California
Civil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).
10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject the
decision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision and
any findings will be admissible in a court action.
11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and will
comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we
receive notice of your acceptance of the decision.
12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.
9-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page376
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (376,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Canada)
qSatisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General
Manager.
qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 9-8).
qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)
263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” page
of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
9-6
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page377
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (377,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
qMediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer
Satisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still
not resolved, you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about
how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through
binding arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that
goal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish
to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
9-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page378
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (378,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:
Province/Territory
British Columbia & Yukon Territories
Alberta & Northwest Territories
Saskatchewan
Manitoba
Ontario
Atlantic Canada
Quebec
CAMVAP Number
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
1 (800) 207-0685
qRegional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
8171 ACKROYD ROAD
SUITE 2000
RICHMOND B.C.
V6X 3K1
(604) 303-5670
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
(905) 787-7000
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANS
CANADIENNE
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390
9-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
AREAS COVERED
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
ONTARIO
QUEBEC,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page379
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (379,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
qSTEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
qSTEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
9-9
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page380
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (380,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
Importer/Distributor
Distributor in Each Area
qU.S.A.
qCANADA
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)
qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island
Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de Puerto
Rico)
P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00936-2722
TEL: (787) 641-9300
qGUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
qSAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
qAMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American
Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699-9347
9-10
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page381
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (381,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Warranties for Your Mazda
l
l
l
l
l
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Defect Warranty
Emission Performance Warranty
California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)
Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
Tire Warranty
l
l
l
l
l
l
NOTE
Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.
9-11
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page382
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (382,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside the United States
Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canada
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for
exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States:
l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-12
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page383
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (383,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Outside Canada
Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission
regulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differ
from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United States
permanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the
United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers on
vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:
l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
9-13
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page384
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (384,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specific
emission and safety standards.
Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In addition
to registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in another
country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
9-14
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page385
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (385,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your
vehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you
install any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories:
Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designed
parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safety
systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of
injuries in an accident.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as
mobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an
improper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine
stalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
9-15
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page386
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (386,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication
equipment in vehicles in your country:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of
these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious
accident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe
area before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a handsfree system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell
phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,
concentrate on the full-time job of driving.
9-16
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page387
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (387,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Type Approval of Equipment
Type Approval of Equipment
Keyless entry system
9-17
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page388
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Type Approval of Equipment
Immobilizer system
9-18
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (388,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page389
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (389,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and
temperature performance.
qTread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
qTraction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on
specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction
tests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
qTemperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by
law.
9-19
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page390
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (390,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
WARNING
Keep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:
Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND
TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
qUniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
UTQGS MARK (example)
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
9-20
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page391
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (391,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tire Labeling
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of
a recall.
qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires
Please refer to the diagram below.
1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number
2. Passenger car tire
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
5. Radial
6. Rim diameter code
7. Load index & speed symbol
8. Severe snow conditions
9. Tire ply composition and materials used
10. Max. load rating
9-21
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page392
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (392,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
12. Max. permissible inflation pressure
13. SAFETY WARNING
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
NOTE
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO
(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).
215
“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
65
“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
R
“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.
15
“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
95
“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
9-22
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page393
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (393,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
H
“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
Q
R
S
T
U
H
V
W
Y
Speed Rating
99 mph
106 mph
112 mph
118 mph
124 mph
130 mph
149 mph
168* mph
186* mph
* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow
AT: All Terrain.
AS: All Season. The “M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use in
mud and snow.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and other.
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by
the tire.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
normal driving conditions.
9-23
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page394
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (394,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Snow Tires
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.
Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other
tires on your vehicle.
SAFETY WARNING
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:
l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTINGMATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)
TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT
TIRES.
l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGEFOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY
CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.
9-24
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page395
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (395,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qInformation on Temporary Tires
Please refer to the diagram below.
1. Temporary tires
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
4. Diagonal
5. Rim diameter code
6. Load index&speed symbol
T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
115
“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
9-25
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page396
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (396,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
70
“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
D
“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.
16
“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
90
“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each
tire can support.
M
“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating
M
9-26
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Speed Rating
81 mph
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page397
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (397,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the rear door on the driver's side.
SAMPLE
qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi
for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is
maintained.
Refer to Tires on page 10-6.
NOTE
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold
tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least
3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.
9-27
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page398
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (398,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
WARNING
Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the
recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the
information in this owner's manual:
Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.
Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may
result in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss of
vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing
and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It
results in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire
can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking
at them.
qChecking Tire Pressure
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are not
hot from driving even a mile.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
6. Replace the valve cap.
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.
NOTE
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.
8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other
irregularities.
NOTE
Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust the
pressure.
Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.
Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
9-28
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page399
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (399,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qGlossary of Terms
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and
the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of
manufacture.
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and
cargo.
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's
mounted on the vehicle.
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity
is described on the tire label.
Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production
options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,
and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
9-29
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page400
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (400,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Tire Maintenance
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are
some important maintenance points:
qTire Inflation Pressure
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.
qTire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregular
wear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.
Forward
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a
combination of the following:
l Incorrect tire pressure
l Improper wheel alignment
l Out-of-balance wheel
l Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nuts
for tightness.
9-30
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page401
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (401,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern
or studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be
weakened if rotated from side to side.
(With limited-slip differential)
Don't use the following:
Ø Tires not of the designated size
Ø Tires of different sizes or types at the same time
Ø Tires not sufficiently inflated
If these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will be
different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.
This will cause a malfunction.
qReplacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could
result in an accident.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replace
the tire when this happens.
Tread wear indicator
New tread
Worn tread
You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tires
generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high
loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when you
replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week and
year is indicated with 4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.
9-31
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page402
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (402,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
qSafety Practices
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate
good driving habits for your own benefit.
l Observe posted speed limits
l Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
l Avoid potholes and objects on the road
l Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking
CAUTION
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your
tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution
until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire
is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with
your spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest
vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
9-32
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page403
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (403,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Vehicle Loading
WARNING
Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keep
your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Safety
Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:
WARNING
Overloaded Vehicle:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious
consequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's
suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,
handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the
distance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail
completely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a
combination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation
pressure.
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the
vehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.
9-33
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page404
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (404,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
PAYLOAD
Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load
Information label on the rear door on the driver's side or door pillar. Look for “THE
COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER
EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire
label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any
aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of
the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be
accurate.
9-34
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page405
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (405,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
SAMPLE
CARGO
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of
cargo weight.
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from
the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tire
label.
9-35
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page406
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (406,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg
(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg
(699 lbs)
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)
lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label located on the rear door on the driver's side or door pillar. The
total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo + passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the rear door on the
driver's side or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.
9-36
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page407
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (407,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
SAMPLE
WARNING
Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:
Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and
could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,
performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the
vehicle, or loss of control.
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.
Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to
tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle
damage.
9-37
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page408
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (408,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
GCW
GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus the
weight of the fully loaded trailer.
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can
handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated
for operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safe
control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW must
never exceed the GCWR.
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer
the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal or
external), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%
(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.
Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a
trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.
Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a
proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by
0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.
9-38
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page409
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (409,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
WARNING
Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.
Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or
damage to the vehicle.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals
because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR
limitations.
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
9-39
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page410
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (410,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there
will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 × 150) = 650
lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the
vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
9-40
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page411
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (411,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could
cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor
Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it
finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,
20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
7755 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, California 92618-2922
or
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-10) in
this booklet.
9-41
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page412
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (412,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm
9-42
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page413
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (413,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
Service Publications
Factory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do
some of their own maintenance and repair.
When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to the
chart below.
If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.
PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER
9999-95-064B-09
9999-95-040G-09
9999-95-079C-09 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-079C-09 (Canada only)
9999-PR-079C-09 (Puerto Rico only)
9999-95-102F-09
9999-95-NAV1-09 (U.S.A. only)
9999-EC-NAV1-09 (Canada only)
9999-PR-NAV1-09 (Puerto Rico only)
PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION
2009 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)
2009 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)
2009 OWNER'S MANUAL
2009 OWNER'S MANUAL
2009 OWNER'S MANUAL
2009 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS
2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL
qWORKSHOP MANUAL:
Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body and
chassis.
qWIRING DIAGRAM:
Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical
system.
qOWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.
This is not a technician's manual.
qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:
Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.
9-43
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page414
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (414,1)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Service Publications
qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:
This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation
system. This is not a technician's manual.
9-44
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page415
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
10
Black plate (415,1)
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2
Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2
Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4
Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4
10-1
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page416
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (416,1)
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Information Labels
qChassis Number
qVehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on
a plate attached to the left top side of the
dashboard. This plate can easily be seen
through the windshield.
qVehicle Emission Control
Information Label
qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label
qTire Pressure Label
10-2
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page417
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (417,1)
Identification Numbers
qEngine Number
Forward
10-3
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page418
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (418,1)
Specifications
Specifications
qEngine
Item
Type
Displacement
Compression ratio
Model
Rotary engine
654 ml × 2 (654 cc × 2, 40.0 cu in × 2)
10.0
qElectrical System
Item
Classification
12V-55AH/5HR
N3Y1 18 110A, N3H1 18 110D*1
N3Y8 18 110A, N3Y9 18 110A, N3H5 18 110A*1
1.15―1.25 mm (0.046―0.049 in)
Battery
Spark-plug number
Trailing side
Leading side
Spark-plug gap
*1 ex factory
CAUTION
When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate
coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.
qLubricant Quality
Lubricant
Engine oil
Manual transmission oil
Automatic transmission fluid
Rear differential oil
Brake/Clutch fluid
Classification
Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8-12.
API Service GL-4 (SAE 75W-90)
JWS3309
API Service GL-5 (SAE 90)
API Service GL-5 (SAE 80W-90)
API Service GL-5 (SAE 75W-90)*
SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3
* Not available from Mazda
10-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page419
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (419,1)
Specifications
qCapacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Engine oil
Coolant
Item
With oil filter replacement
Without oil filter
replacement
Manual transmission
Automatic transmission
Capacity
4.4 L (4.6 US qt, 3.9 Imp qt)
4.2 L (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt)
10.0 L (10.6 US qt, 8.80 Imp qt)
9.8 L (10 US qt, 8.6 Imp qt)
1.95 L (2.06 US qt, 1.72 Imp qt)
8.0 L (8.5 US qt, 7.0 Imp qt)
1.3 L (1.4 US qt, 1.1 Imp qt)
64.0 L (16.9 US gal, 14.1 Imp gal)
Manual transmission oil
Automatic transmission fluid
Rear differential oil
Fuel tank
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
qDimensions
Overall length
Item
Without license plate
holder
With license plate holder
Overall width
Overall height
18-inch wheel vehicle
19-inch wheel vehicle
18-inch wheel vehicle
19-inch wheel vehicle
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase
Specification
4,460 mm (175.6 in)
4,470 mm (176.0 in)
1,770 mm (69.7 in)
1,340 mm (52.8 in)
1,500 mm (59.1 in)
1,505 mm (59.3 in)
1,505 mm (59.3 in)
1,510 mm (59.4 in)
2,700 mm (106.3 in)
qWeights
Item
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
Front
Rear
Weight
Manual transmission
Automatic transmission
1,732 kg (3,818 lbs)
1,752 kg (3,862 lbs)
842 kg (1,856 lbs)
858 kg (1,892 lbs)
901 kg (1,986 lbs)
907 kg (2,000 lbs)
qAir Conditioner
Item
Refrigerant Type
Classification
HFC134a (R-134a)
10-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page420
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (420,1)
Specifications
qLight Bulbs
Exterior light
Light bulb
High beam
Headlights
Halogen
Xenon fusion
Front turn signal lights/Parking lights (Front side-marker lights)
Fog lights í
Side turn signal lights*1
High-mount brake light
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Reverse lights
License plate lights
Rear side-marker lights
Low beam
Wattage
65
55
35
27/8
51
5
21
21
LED*2
16
5
5
Category
ECE R (SAE)
H9 (H9)
H7 (H7)
D2S (D2S)
B1157MA (―)
HB4 (#9005)
― (―)
W21W (#7440)
WY21W (―)
― (―)
W16W (#921)
W5W (4CP)
W5W (4CP)
*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.
*2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.
Interior light
Category
Light bulb
Wattage
5
5
10
5
2
Trunk light
Overhead light/Map lights (Front)
Overhead light (Rear)
Courtesy lights
Vanity mirror lights
ECE R
W5W
W5W
―
W5W
―
qTires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to
your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-23.
Inflation pressure
Tire size
225/45R18 91W
225/40R19 89W
Front
Rear
220 kPa (32 psi)
220 kPa (32 psi)
Vehicle capacity weight: 308 kg (680 lbs)
10-6
í
Some models.
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page421
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (421,1)
Specifications
qFuses
Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-36.
10-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page422
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
10-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (422,1)
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page423
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
11
Black plate (423,1)
Index
11-1
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page424
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (424,1)
Index
A
B
Accessory Socket .............................. 6-87
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories ....................................... 9-15
Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2
Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5
Advanced key suspend
function ...................................... 3-16
Auxiliary key .............................. 3-16
Locking, unlocking with request
switch ........................................... 3-8
Opening the trunk lid with request
switch ........................................... 3-9
Operational range ......................... 3-7
Remote control function ............. 3-14
Service ......................................... 3-6
Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-38
Ambient Temperature Display .......... 6-80
Antenna ............................................. 6-15
Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-8
Warning light ............................... 5-8
Appearance Care ............................... 8-42
Ashtray .............................................. 6-82
Audio System ................................... 6-15
Audio control switch .................. 6-54
Audio set .................................... 6-25
AUX mode ................................. 6-56
Operating tips for audio
system ........................................ 6-15
Safety certification ..................... 6-58
Automatic Transmission
Direct mode ................................ 5-19
Driving tips ................................ 5-20
Manual shift mode ..................... 5-15
Shift-lock system ....................... 5-15
Transmission ranges ................... 5-14
Battery
Emergency starting .................... 7-18
Maintenance ............................... 8-21
Specifications ............................. 10-4
Beep Sounds
Engine Oil Level Warning
Beep ........................................... 5-55
Engine overrev warning beep .... 5-55
Ignition key reminder ................. 5-55
Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-55
Seat belt warning beep ............... 5-55
Tire inflation pressure warning
beep ............................................ 5-55
Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5
After getting in ............................. 4-5
Before getting in .......................... 4-5
Bluetooth Hands-Free ....................... 6-59
Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free
Operation ................................... 6-63
Convenient Use of the Hands-Free
System ........................................ 6-66
Hands-Free Telephone Setting.... 6-71
Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free
Customer Service ....................... 6-76
Safety certification ..................... 6-76
When the Bluetooth Hands-Free
cannot be used ............................ 6-75
Body Lubrication .............................. 8-18
Brake/Clutch
Fluid ........................................... 8-16
Brakes
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-8
Foot brake .................................... 5-5
Pad wear indicator ........................ 5-9
Parking brake ............................... 5-6
Warning light ............................... 5-7
Break-In Period ................................... 4-6
Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-28
11-2
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page425
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (425,1)
Index
C
D
Capacities .......................................... 10-5
Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4
Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3
Cell Phones ....................................... 9-16
Center Console .................................. 6-85
Child Restraint
Installing child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-29
LATCH child-restraint
systems ....................................... 2-35
Cigarette Lighter ............................... 6-81
Climate Control System ...................... 6-2
Gas specifications ...................... 10-5
Clock ................................................. 6-80
Coin Box ........................................... 6-84
Courtesy Lights ................................. 6-78
Cruise Control ................................... 5-21
Cup Holder ........................................ 6-83
Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2
Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6
Automatic transmission .............. 5-20
Break-in period ............................ 4-6
Driving in flooded area .............. 4-11
Driving on uneven road ............. 4-12
Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7
Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6
Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8
Winter driving .............................. 4-9
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-26
DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-27
DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-27
TCS/DSC Indicator light ............ 5-26
D
Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-38
Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-59
Defroster
Mirror ......................................... 5-65
Rear window .............................. 5-65
Dimensions ....................................... 10-5
Door Locks ....................................... 3-27
Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-11
Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-12
E
Emergency Starting ........................... 7-18
Jump-starting .............................. 7-19
Push-starting .............................. 7-22
Emergency Towing ........................... 7-23
Emission Control System .................... 4-3
Engine
Coolant ....................................... 8-14
Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4
Hood release .............................. 3-43
Oil .............................................. 8-12
Overheating ................................ 7-16
Starting ......................................... 5-4
Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-11
Engine Coolant
Overheating ................................ 7-16
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge ................................................ 5-38
Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4
Exterior Care ..................................... 8-44
11-3
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page426
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (426,1)
Index
F
H
Flasher
Hazard warning .......................... 5-66
Headlights .................................. 5-56
Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3
Changing .................................... 7-11
Instant Mobility System
(IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair
Kit ................................................ 7-5
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Fluids
Classification .............................. 10-4
Owner maintenance ..................... 8-8
Fog Lights ......................................... 5-60
Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5
Front Seats
(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-6
Front Seats
(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2
Fuel
Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-42
Gauge ......................................... 5-38
Requirements ............................... 4-2
Tank capacity ............................. 10-5
Fuses ................................................. 8-36
Panel description ........................ 8-39
Replacement ............................... 8-36
Headlights
Control ....................................... 5-56
Flashing ...................................... 5-58
High-low beam .......................... 5-58
Leveling ..................................... 5-58
On reminder ............................... 5-58
HomeLink Wireless Control
System .............................................. 5-67
Hood Release .................................... 3-43
Horn .................................................. 5-66
G
Gauges .............................................. 5-35
Glove Box ......................................... 6-84
H
Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-66
Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7
Headlight Washer .............................. 5-64
11-4
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
I
Ignition
Keys ........................................... 3-21
Switch .......................................... 5-2
Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-77
Immobilizer System
(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-47
Immobilizer System
(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-49
Indicator Lights ................................. 5-40
Cruise ......................................... 5-53
DSC OFF .................................... 5-53
Headlight auto-leveling
malfunction ................................ 5-54
Headlight high-beam .................. 5-52
Power steering malfunction ........ 5-54
Security ...................................... 5-51
Shift position .............................. 5-52
TCS/DSC ................................... 5-53
Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-54
Information Display .......................... 6-79
Ambient temperature display ..... 6-80
Audio display ............................. 6-81
Climate control display .............. 6-81
Clock .......................................... 6-80
Information display functions .... 6-79
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page427
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (427,1)
Index
I
M
Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-34
Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-35
Interior Care ...................................... 8-47
Interior Lights ................................... 6-77
Mirrors
Outside mirrors .......................... 3-54
Rearview mirror ......................... 3-55
Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6
Moonroof .......................................... 3-44
J
O
Jump-Starting .................................... 7-19
K
Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-22
Keys .................................................. 3-21
Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-36
Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-54
Overhead Console ............................. 6-84
Overhead Lights ................................ 6-78
Overheating ....................................... 7-16
Overloading ...................................... 4-11
L
P
Label Information ............................. 10-2
Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-59
Light Bulbs
Replacement ............................... 8-28
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Lighter ............................................... 6-81
Lighting Control ............................... 5-56
Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4
M
Maintenance
Introduction .................................. 8-2
Owner maintenance precautions... 8-9
Owner maintenance schedule ....... 8-8
Scheduled ..................................... 8-3
Manual Transmission Operation ....... 5-10
Recommendations for shifting.... 5-11
Map Lights ........................................ 6-78
Meters and Gauges ........................... 5-35
Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-65
Paint Damage .................................... 8-42
Parking Brake ..................................... 5-6
Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2
Power Door Locks ............................ 3-28
Power Steering .................................. 5-20
Power steering malfunction indicator
light ............................................ 5-20
Power Windows ................................ 3-35
Push-Starting ..................................... 7-22
R
Rear Quarter Windows ..................... 3-41
Rear Seat ........................................... 2-11
Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-65
Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-55
Recreational Towing ......................... 7-25
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country ............................................. 9-14
Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8
11-5
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page428
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (428,1)
Index
S
S
Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-41
Seat Belt System
3-point type ................................ 2-18
Automatic locking ...................... 2-16
Belt minder ................................. 2-23
Emergency locking .................... 2-16
Extender ..................................... 2-22
Location of seat belt ................... 2-17
Pregnant women ........................ 2-16
Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-19
Seat belt precautions .................. 2-14
Warning light/beep ..................... 2-23
Seats
Front seat
(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-6
Front seat
(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2
Rear seat ..................................... 2-11
Seat warmer ................................ 2-12
Security System
Immobilizer system
(with advanced key) ................... 3-47
Immobilizer system
(without advanced key) .............. 3-49
Service Publications .......................... 9-43
Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3
Specifications .................................... 10-4
Speed Unit Selector ........................... 5-36
Speedometer ...................................... 5-36
SRS Air Bags
How the Air Bags Work ............. 2-44
Supplemental restraint systems
precautions ................................. 2-38
Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4
Steering Wheel .................................. 3-54
Horn ........................................... 5-66
Storage Box ...................................... 6-85
Storage Compartments ...................... 6-84
Center console ............................ 6-85
Coin box ..................................... 6-84
Glove box ................................... 6-84
Overhead console ....................... 6-84
Storage box ................................ 6-85
Sunshade ........................................... 3-46
Sunvisors .......................................... 6-77
11-6
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
T
Tachometer ........................................ 5-37
Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-26
Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-52
Tiedown
Hook .......................................... 7-24
Tire Information ................................ 9-21
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-29
System error activation .............. 5-33
Tire pressure monitoring system
warning light .............................. 5-31
Tires and wheels ......................... 5-33
Tires
Flat tire ......................................... 7-3
Inflation pressure ........................ 8-23
Replacement ............................... 8-25
Rotation ...................................... 8-24
Snow tires .................................... 4-9
Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3
Specifications ............................. 10-6
Tire chains .................................. 4-10
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS) ................................... 9-19
Tool ..................................................... 7-3
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page429
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
Black plate (429,1)
Index
T
W
Towing
Description ................................. 7-23
Emergency towing ..................... 7-23
Recreational towing ................... 7-25
Trailer towing ............................. 4-13
Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-25
TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-25
Trailer Towing .................................. 4-13
Trip Meter ......................................... 5-36
Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-32
Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-34
Trunk Light ....................................... 3-33
Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-59
Warning Lights ................................. 5-40
ABS ............................................ 5-42
Air bag system ........................... 5-45
Automatic transmission .............. 5-48
Brake system .............................. 5-42
Charging system ......................... 5-43
Check engine .............................. 5-45
Door-ajar .................................... 5-47
Engine coolant level ................... 5-44
Engine oil level .......................... 5-43
Front seat belt pretensioner
system ........................................ 5-45
KEY Warning Light
(Red)/KEY Indicator Light
(Green) ....................................... 5-50
Low fuel ..................................... 5-46
Low washer fluid level ............... 5-47
Seat belt ...................................... 5-46
Tire pressure monitoring
system ........................................ 5-48
Warranty ............................................ 9-11
Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-17
Weights ............................................. 10-5
Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-27
Windows
Power windows .......................... 3-35
Rear quarter windows ................ 3-41
Windshield Washer ........................... 5-64
Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-61
Blades replacement .................... 8-19
Winter Driving .................................... 4-9
V
Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-77
Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2
11-7
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
RX-8_8Z09-EA-08C_Edition3 Page430
Thursday, July 3 2008 2:24 PM
11-8
Form No.8Z09-EA-08C
Black plate (430,1)